blob: 2121fc67408e8b6b923861acb4f2d378317286ef [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00008 <meta name="description"
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00009 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling5e721d72010-07-01 21:55:59 +000027 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private_weak">'<tt>linker_private_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling55ae5152010-08-20 22:05:50 +000028 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private_weak_def_auto">'<tt>linker_private_weak_def_auto</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000029 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
34 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
35 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Chris Lattner5a2d8752009-10-10 18:26:06 +000036 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000037 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
39 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
40 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000041 </ol>
42 </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000043 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +000044 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000045 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000046 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000047 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +000048 <li><a href="#namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a></li>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +000049 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +000050 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +000051 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000052 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +000053 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +000054 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +000055 <li><a href="#volatile">Volatile Memory Accesses</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000056 </ol>
57 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000058 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
59 <ol>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000060 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +000061 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000062 <ol>
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +000063 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000064 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
Dale Johannesen21fe99b2010-10-01 00:48:59 +000065 <li><a href="#t_x86mmx">X86mmx Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000066 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
67 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +000068 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000069 </ol>
70 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000071 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
72 <ol>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +000073 <li><a href="#t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a>
74 <ol>
75 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
76 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
77 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +000078 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
79 </ol>
80 </li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000081 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
82 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +000083 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000084 </ol>
85 </li>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +000086 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000087 </ol>
88 </li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000089 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000090 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000091 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +000092 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000093 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
94 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +000095 <li><a href="#trapvalues">Trap Values</a></li>
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +000096 <li><a href="#blockaddress">Addresses of Basic Blocks</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000097 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000098 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000099 </li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +0000100 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
101 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000102 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000103 <li><a href="#metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata Strings</a></li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +0000104 </ol>
105 </li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000106 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
107 <ol>
108 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +0000109 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
110 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000111 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
112 Global Variable</a></li>
113 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
114 Global Variable</a></li>
115 </ol>
116 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000117 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
118 <ol>
119 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
120 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000121 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
122 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000125 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000127 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000128 </ol>
129 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000130 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
131 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000132 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000133 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000134 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000135 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000136 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000137 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000138 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
139 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
140 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000141 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
142 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
143 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000144 </ol>
145 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000146 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
147 <ol>
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000148 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
149 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
150 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000151 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000152 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000153 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000154 </ol>
155 </li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000156 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
157 <ol>
158 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
159 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
160 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000161 </ol>
162 </li>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000163 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
164 <ol>
165 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
166 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
167 </ol>
168 </li>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000169 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000170 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000171 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000172 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
173 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
174 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000175 </ol>
176 </li>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000177 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000178 <ol>
179 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
180 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
181 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
182 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
183 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000184 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
185 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
186 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
187 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000188 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
189 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000190 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000191 </ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000192 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000193 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
194 <ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000195 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
196 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000197 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000198 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000199 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000200 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000201 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000202 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000203 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000204 </li>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000205 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000206 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000207 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
208 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000209 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
210 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
211 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000212 </ol>
213 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000214 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
215 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000216 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
217 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
218 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000219 </ol>
220 </li>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000221 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
222 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000223 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
224 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
227 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
228 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman31f1af12010-05-26 21:56:15 +0000229 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswell7123e272004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000230 </ol>
231 </li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000232 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
233 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000234 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
235 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
236 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
237 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
238 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000239 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
240 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
241 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000242 </ol>
243 </li>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000244 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000245 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000246 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000247 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
248 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
249 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000250 </ol>
251 </li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000252 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
253 <ol>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000254 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
255 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
256 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
257 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
258 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000259 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000260 </ol>
261 </li>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +0000262 <li><a href="#int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
263 <ol>
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +0000264 <li><a href="#int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
265 <li><a href="#int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +0000266 </ol>
267 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000268 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000269 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000270 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000271 <ol>
272 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000273 </ol>
274 </li>
Bill Wendling3c44f5b2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000275 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
276 <ol>
277 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
278 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
279 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
280 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
281 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
282 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
283 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
284 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
285 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
286 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
287 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
288 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
289 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
290 </ol>
291 </li>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +0000292 <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
293 <ol>
294 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
295 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
296 <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
297 <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
298 </ol>
299 </li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000300 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000301 <ol>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000302 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000303 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000304 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000305 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000306 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000307 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
308 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
309 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +0000310 <li><a href="#int_objectsize">
311 '<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000312 </ol>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000313 </li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000314 </ol>
315 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000316</ol>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000317
318<div class="doc_author">
319 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
320 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000321</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000322
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000323<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000324<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
325<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000326
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000327<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000328
329<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
330 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
331 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
332 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
333 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
334
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000335</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000336
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000337<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000338<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
339<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000340
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000341<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000342
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000343<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
344 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
345 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
346 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
347 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
348 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
349 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
350 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000351
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000352<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
353 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
354 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
355 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
356 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
357 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
358 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000359 variable is never accessed outside of the current function, allowing it to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000360 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000361
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000362</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000363
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000364<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000365<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000366
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000367<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000368
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000369<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
370 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
371 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
372 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000373
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000374<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000375%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000376</pre>
377
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000378<p>because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its uses. The
379 LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used to verify
380 that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run by the
381 parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it outputs
382 bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate bugs in
383 transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000384
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000385</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000386
Chris Lattnercc689392007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000387<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000388
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000389<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000390<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000391<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000392
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000393<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000394
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000395<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
396 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
397 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
398 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
399 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000400
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000401<ol>
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000402 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000403 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
404 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
405 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
406 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
407 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
408 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
409 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000410
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000411 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000412 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000413
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000414 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000415 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000416</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000417
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000418<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000419 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
420 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
421 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
422 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000423
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000424<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000425 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
426 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
427 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
428 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
429 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
430 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
431 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
432 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000433
434<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000435 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000436
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000437<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000438
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000439<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000440%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000441</pre>
442
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000443<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000444
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000445<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000446%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000447</pre>
448
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000449<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000450
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000451<pre class="doc_code">
Gabor Greifec58f752009-10-28 13:05:07 +0000452%0 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
453%1 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000454%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000455</pre>
456
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000457<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
458 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000459
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000460<ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000461 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000462 line.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000463
464 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000465 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000466
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000467 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
468</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000469
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000470<p>It also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000471 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
472 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
473 text.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000474
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000475</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000476
477<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
478<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
479<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
480
481<!-- ======================================================================= -->
482<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
483</div>
484
485<div class="doc_text">
486
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000487<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
488 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
489 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
490 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
491 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
492 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000493
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000494<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner63e4ccb2010-08-17 17:13:42 +0000495<i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant.</i>&nbsp;
496<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>&nbsp;
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000497
Chris Lattner63e4ccb2010-08-17 17:13:42 +0000498<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>&nbsp;
499<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8*) <i>; i32 (i8*)* </i>&nbsp;
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000500
501<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Chris Lattner63e4ccb2010-08-17 17:13:42 +0000502define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>&nbsp;
503 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>&nbsp;
504 %cast210 = <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8*</i>&nbsp;
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000505
Chris Lattner63e4ccb2010-08-17 17:13:42 +0000506 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout.</i>&nbsp;
507 <a href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8* %cast210) <i>; i32</i>&nbsp;
508 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0&nbsp;
509}
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000510
511<i>; Named metadata</i>
512!1 = metadata !{i32 41}
513!foo = !{!1, null}
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000514</pre>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000515
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000516<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000517 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000518 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000519 "<tt>main</tt>" and <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a>
520 "<tt>foo"</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000521
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000522<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
523 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
524 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
525 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
526 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000527
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000528</div>
529
530<!-- ======================================================================= -->
531<div class="doc_subsection">
532 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
533</div>
534
535<div class="doc_text">
536
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000537<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
538 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000539
540<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000541 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendling5e721d72010-07-01 21:55:59 +0000542 <dd>Global values with "<tt>private</tt>" linkage are only directly accessible
543 by objects in the current module. In particular, linking code into a
544 module with an private global value may cause the private to be renamed as
545 necessary to avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the
546 module, all references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol
547 table in the object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000548
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000549 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendling5e721d72010-07-01 21:55:59 +0000550 <dd>Similar to <tt>private</tt>, but the symbol is passed through the
551 assembler and evaluated by the linker. Unlike normal strong symbols, they
552 are removed by the linker from the final linked image (executable or
553 dynamic library).</dd>
554
555 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private_weak">linker_private_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
556 <dd>Similar to "<tt>linker_private</tt>", but the symbol is weak. Note that
557 <tt>linker_private_weak</tt> symbols are subject to coalescing by the
558 linker. The symbols are removed by the linker from the final linked image
559 (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000560
Bill Wendling55ae5152010-08-20 22:05:50 +0000561 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private_weak_def_auto">linker_private_weak_def_auto</a></b></tt></dt>
562 <dd>Similar to "<tt>linker_private_weak</tt>", but it's known that the address
563 of the object is not taken. For instance, functions that had an inline
564 definition, but the compiler decided not to inline it. Note,
565 unlike <tt>linker_private</tt> and <tt>linker_private_weak</tt>,
566 <tt>linker_private_weak_def_auto</tt> may have only <tt>default</tt>
567 visibility. The symbols are removed by the linker from the final linked
568 image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
569
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000570 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendling07d31772010-06-29 22:34:52 +0000571 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000572 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
573 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000574
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000575 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000576 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000577 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
578 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
579 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
580 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
581 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
582 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000583
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000584 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000585 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Chris Lattner873187c2010-01-09 19:15:14 +0000586 the same name when linkage occurs. This can be used to implement
587 some forms of inline functions, templates, or other code which must be
588 generated in each translation unit that uses it, but where the body may
589 be overridden with a more definitive definition later. Unreferenced
590 <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are allowed to be discarded. Note that
591 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage does not actually allow the optimizer to
592 inline the body of this function into callers because it doesn't know if
593 this definition of the function is the definitive definition within the
594 program or whether it will be overridden by a stronger definition.
595 To enable inlining and other optimizations, use "<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>"
596 linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000597
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000598 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000599 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
600 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
601 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
602 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
603
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000604 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000605 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
606 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
607 global scope.
608 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
609 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000610 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000611 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000612 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
613 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000614
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000615
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000616 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000617 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000618 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
619 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
620 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
621 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000622
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000623 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000624 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
625 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
626 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000627
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000628 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
629 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000630 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
631 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
Bill Wendling5e721d72010-07-01 21:55:59 +0000632 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule"
633 &mdash; "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000634 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
635 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
636 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000637
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000638 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000639 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000640 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
641 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000642</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000643
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000644<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
645 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
646 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000647
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000648<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000649 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000650 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000651 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
652 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
653 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
654 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000655
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000656 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000657 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000658 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
659 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
660 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
661 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000662</dl>
663
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000664<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
665 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
666 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
667 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
668 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
669
670<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
671 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
672 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
673
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000674<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000675 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
676
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000677</div>
678
679<!-- ======================================================================= -->
680<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000681 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
682</div>
683
684<div class="doc_text">
685
686<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000687 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
688 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
689 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
690 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
691 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000692
693<dl>
694 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000695 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000696 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
697 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
698 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
699 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000700
701 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000702 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000703 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
704 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
705 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +0000706 (Application Binary Interface).
707 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Tail calls can only be optimized
Chris Lattner29689432010-03-11 00:22:57 +0000708 when this or the GHC convention is used.</a> This calling convention
709 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
710 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000711
712 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000713 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000714 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
715 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
716 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
717 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
718 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000719
Chris Lattner29689432010-03-11 00:22:57 +0000720 <dt><b>"<tt>cc <em>10</em></tt>" - GHC convention</b>:</dt>
721 <dd>This calling convention has been implemented specifically for use by the
722 <a href="http://www.haskell.org/ghc">Glasgow Haskell Compiler (GHC)</a>.
723 It passes everything in registers, going to extremes to achieve this by
724 disabling callee save registers. This calling convention should not be
725 used lightly but only for specific situations such as an alternative to
726 the <em>register pinning</em> performance technique often used when
727 implementing functional programming languages.At the moment only X86
728 supports this convention and it has the following limitations:
729 <ul>
730 <li>On <em>X86-32</em> only supports up to 4 bit type parameters. No
731 floating point types are supported.</li>
732 <li>On <em>X86-64</em> only supports up to 10 bit type parameters and
733 6 floating point parameters.</li>
734 </ul>
735 This calling convention supports
736 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call optimization</a> but
737 requires both the caller and callee are using it.
738 </dd>
739
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000740 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000741 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000742 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
743 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000744</dl>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000745
746<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000747 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
748 convention.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000749
750</div>
751
752<!-- ======================================================================= -->
753<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000754 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
755</div>
756
757<div class="doc_text">
758
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000759<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
760 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000761
762<dl>
763 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000764 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000765 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
766 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
767 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
768 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000769
770 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000771 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000772 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
773 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
774 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
775 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000776
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000777 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000778 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000779 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
780 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
781 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000782</dl>
783
784</div>
785
786<!-- ======================================================================= -->
787<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000788 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
789</div>
790
791<div class="doc_text">
792
793<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000794 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
795 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000796
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000797<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000798%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
799</pre>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000800
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000801<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
Chris Lattnerdc65f222010-08-17 23:26:04 +0000802 "<a href="#t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000803 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000804
805<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000806 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
807 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
808 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
809 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
810 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
811 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
812 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
813 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000814
815</div>
816
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000817<!-- ======================================================================= -->
818<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000819 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
820</div>
821
822<div class="doc_text">
823
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000824<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000825 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
826 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
827 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
828 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
829 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
830 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
831 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
832 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
833 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
834 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000835
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000836<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
837 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
838 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
839 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
840 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
841 definition.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000842
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000843<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
844 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
845 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
846 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
847 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000848
Rafael Espindolabea46262011-01-08 16:42:36 +0000849<p>Global variables can be marked with <tt>unnamed_addr</tt> which indicates
850 that the address is not significant, only the content. Constants marked
851 like this can be merged if they have the same content.</p>
852
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000853<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
854 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
855 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
856 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
857 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb284d9922007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000858
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000859<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000860 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000861
Chris Lattnerce99fa92010-04-28 00:13:42 +0000862<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global, which must be a power
863 of 2. If not present, or if the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of
864 the global is set by the target to whatever it feels convenient. If an
865 explicit alignment is specified, the global is forced to have exactly that
Chris Lattner2d4b8ee2010-04-28 00:31:12 +0000866 alignment. Targets and optimizers are not allowed to over-align the global
867 if the global has an assigned section. In this case, the extra alignment
868 could be observable: for example, code could assume that the globals are
869 densely packed in their section and try to iterate over them as an array,
870 alignment padding would break this iteration.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000871
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000872<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
873 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000874
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000875<pre class="doc_code">
Dan Gohman398873c2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000876@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000877</pre>
878
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000879</div>
880
881
882<!-- ======================================================================= -->
883<div class="doc_subsection">
884 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
885</div>
886
887<div class="doc_text">
888
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +0000889<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyword, an
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000890 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
891 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
Rafael Espindolabea46262011-01-08 16:42:36 +0000892 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>,
893 an optional <tt>unnamed_addr</tt> attribute, a return type, an optional
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000894 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
895 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
896 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
897 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
898 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
899 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000900
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000901<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
902 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000903 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
Rafael Espindolabea46262011-01-08 16:42:36 +0000904 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>,
905 an optional <tt>unnamed_addr</tt> attribute, a return type, an optional
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000906 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
907 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
908 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000909
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000910<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000911 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
912 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
913 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
914 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000915
Chris Lattner4a3c9012007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000916<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000917 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
918 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
919 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
920 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000921
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000922<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000923 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000924
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000925<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000926 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
927 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
928 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
929 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000930
Rafael Espindolabea46262011-01-08 16:42:36 +0000931<p>If the <tt>unnamed_addr</tt> attribute is given, the address is know to not
932 be significant and two identical functions can be merged</p>.
933
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000934<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000935<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner50ad45c2008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000936define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000937 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
938 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
939 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
940 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
941</pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000942
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000943</div>
944
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000945<!-- ======================================================================= -->
946<div class="doc_subsection">
947 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
948</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000949
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000950<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000951
952<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
953 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
954 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
955 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000956
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000957<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000958<pre class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands0b23ac12008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000959@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000960</pre>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000961
962</div>
963
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000964<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000965<div class="doc_subsection">
966 <a name="namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a>
967</div>
968
969<div class="doc_text">
970
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +0000971<p>Named metadata is a collection of metadata. <a href="#metadata">Metadata
Dan Gohman872814a2010-07-21 18:54:18 +0000972 nodes</a> (but not metadata strings) are the only valid operands for
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +0000973 a named metadata.</p>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000974
975<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000976<pre class="doc_code">
Dan Gohman872814a2010-07-21 18:54:18 +0000977; Some unnamed metadata nodes, which are referenced by the named metadata.
978!0 = metadata !{metadata !"zero"}
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000979!1 = metadata !{metadata !"one"}
Dan Gohman872814a2010-07-21 18:54:18 +0000980!2 = metadata !{metadata !"two"}
Dan Gohman1005bc52010-07-13 19:48:13 +0000981; A named metadata.
Dan Gohman872814a2010-07-21 18:54:18 +0000982!name = !{!0, !1, !2}
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000983</pre>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000984
985</div>
986
987<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000988<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000989
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000990<div class="doc_text">
991
992<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
993 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
994 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
995 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
996 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
997 can have the same function type.</p>
998
999<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1000 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
1001 example:</p>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001002
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00001003<pre class="doc_code">
Nick Lewyckyb6a7d252009-02-15 23:06:14 +00001004declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattner66d922c2008-10-04 18:33:34 +00001005declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
1006declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001007</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001008
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001009<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
1010 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001011
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001012<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001013
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001014<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001015 <dt><tt><b>zeroext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001016 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
1017 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
1018 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001019
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001020 <dt><tt><b>signext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001021 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
1022 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
1023 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001024
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001025 <dt><tt><b>inreg</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001026 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
1027 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
1028 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
1029 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
1030 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001031
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001032 <dt><tt><b><a name="byval">byval</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnera6fd81d2010-11-20 23:49:06 +00001033 <dd><p>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by
1034 value to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the
1035 pointee
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001036 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
1037 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
1038 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
1039 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
1040 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
1041 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
1042 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
Chris Lattnera6fd81d2010-11-20 23:49:06 +00001043 values.</p>
1044
1045 <p>The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
1046 the align attribute. It indicates the alignment of the stack slot to
1047 form and the known alignment of the pointer specified to the call site. If
1048 the alignment is not specified, then the code generator makes a
1049 target-specific assumption.</p></dd>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001050
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00001051 <dt><tt><b><a name="sret">sret</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001052 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
1053 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
1054 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
1055 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
1056 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
1057 for return values. </dd>
1058
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00001059 <dt><tt><b><a name="noalias">noalias</a></b></tt></dt>
Dan Gohman1e109622010-07-02 18:41:32 +00001060 <dd>This indicates that pointer values
1061 <a href="#pointeraliasing"><i>based</i></a> on the argument or return
Dan Gohmanefca7f92010-07-02 23:46:54 +00001062 value do not alias pointer values which are not <i>based</i> on it,
1063 ignoring certain "irrelevant" dependencies.
1064 For a call to the parent function, dependencies between memory
1065 references from before or after the call and from those during the call
1066 are "irrelevant" to the <tt>noalias</tt> keyword for the arguments and
1067 return value used in that call.
Dan Gohman1e109622010-07-02 18:41:32 +00001068 The caller shares the responsibility with the callee for ensuring that
1069 these requirements are met.
1070 For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias response in
Dan Gohmanff70fe42010-07-06 15:26:33 +00001071 <a href="AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias analysis</a>.<br>
1072<br>
John McCall191d4ee2010-07-06 21:07:14 +00001073 Note that this definition of <tt>noalias</tt> is intentionally
1074 similar to the definition of <tt>restrict</tt> in C99 for function
Chris Lattner211244a2010-07-06 20:51:35 +00001075 arguments, though it is slightly weaker.
Dan Gohmanff70fe42010-07-06 15:26:33 +00001076<br>
1077 For function return values, C99's <tt>restrict</tt> is not meaningful,
1078 while LLVM's <tt>noalias</tt> is.
1079 </dd>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001080
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00001081 <dt><tt><b><a name="nocapture">nocapture</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001082 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
1083 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
1084 values.</dd>
1085
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00001086 <dt><tt><b><a name="nest">nest</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001087 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
1088 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
1089 attribute for return values.</dd>
1090</dl>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001091
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001092</div>
1093
1094<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001095<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001096 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
1097</div>
1098
1099<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001100
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001101<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1102 string:</p>
1103
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00001104<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001105define void @f() gc "name" { ... }
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001106</pre>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001107
1108<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001109 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1110 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1111
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001112</div>
1113
1114<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1115<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001116 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001117</div>
1118
1119<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001120
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001121<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1122 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1123 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1124 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001125
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001126<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1127 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001128
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00001129<pre class="doc_code">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001130define void @f() noinline { ... }
1131define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1132define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001133define void @f() optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001134</pre>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001135
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001136<dl>
Charles Davis1e063d12010-02-12 00:31:15 +00001137 <dt><tt><b>alignstack(&lt;<em>n</em>&gt;)</b></tt></dt>
1138 <dd>This attribute indicates that, when emitting the prologue and epilogue,
1139 the backend should forcibly align the stack pointer. Specify the
1140 desired alignment, which must be a power of two, in parentheses.
1141
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001142 <dt><tt><b>alwaysinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001143 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1144 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1145 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001146
Charles Davis970bfcc2010-10-25 15:37:09 +00001147 <dt><tt><b>hotpatch</b></tt></dt>
Charles Davis6f12e292010-10-25 16:29:03 +00001148 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should be 'hotpatchable',
Charles Davis0076d202010-10-25 19:07:39 +00001149 meaning the function can be patched and/or hooked even while it is
1150 loaded into memory. On x86, the function prologue will be preceded
1151 by six bytes of padding and will begin with a two-byte instruction.
1152 Most of the functions in the Windows system DLLs in Windows XP SP2 or
1153 higher were compiled in this fashion.</dd>
Charles Davis970bfcc2010-10-25 15:37:09 +00001154
Jakob Stoklund Olesen570a4a52010-02-06 01:16:28 +00001155 <dt><tt><b>inlinehint</b></tt></dt>
1156 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1157 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1158 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1159
Nick Lewycky76ec37a2010-07-06 18:24:09 +00001160 <dt><tt><b>naked</b></tt></dt>
1161 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1162 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
1163
1164 <dt><tt><b>noimplicitfloat</b></tt></dt>
1165 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1166
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001167 <dt><tt><b>noinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001168 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1169 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1170 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001171
Nick Lewycky76ec37a2010-07-06 18:24:09 +00001172 <dt><tt><b>noredzone</b></tt></dt>
1173 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1174 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001175
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001176 <dt><tt><b>noreturn</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001177 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1178 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1179 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendling31359ba2008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001180
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001181 <dt><tt><b>nounwind</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001182 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1183 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1184 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendlingfbaa7ed2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001185
Nick Lewycky76ec37a2010-07-06 18:24:09 +00001186 <dt><tt><b>optsize</b></tt></dt>
1187 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1188 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1189 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
1190
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001191 <dt><tt><b>readnone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001192 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1193 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1194 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1195 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1196 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1197 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1198 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1199 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1200 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel5d96fda2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001201
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001202 <dt><tt><b><a name="readonly">readonly</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001203 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1204 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1205 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1206 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1207 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1208 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1209 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1210 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1211 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc5ec8a72009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001212
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001213 <dt><tt><b><a name="ssp">ssp</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001214 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1215 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1216 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1217 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1218 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1219<br>
1220 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1221 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1222 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1223
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001224 <dt><tt><b>sspreq</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001225 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1226 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001227 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1228<br>
1229 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1230 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1231 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1232 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001233</dl>
1234
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001235</div>
1236
1237<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1238<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner1eeeb0c2006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001239 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001240</div>
1241
1242<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001243
1244<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1245 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1246 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1247 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001248
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00001249<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001250module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1251module asm "more can go here"
1252</pre>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001253
1254<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1255 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001256 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001257
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001258<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1259 assembly code is generated.</p>
1260
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001261</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001262
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001263<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1264<div class="doc_subsection">
1265 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1266</div>
1267
1268<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001269
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001270<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001271 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1272 simply:</p>
1273
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00001274<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001275target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1276</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001277
1278<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1279 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1280 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1281 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1282
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001283<dl>
1284 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1285 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001286 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1287
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001288 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001289 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001290 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1291 location.</dd>
1292
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001293 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001294 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001295 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1296 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1297 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1298
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001299 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1300 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001301 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1302
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001303 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001304 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001305 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1306
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001307 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001308 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Dale Johannesen9d8d2212010-05-28 18:54:47 +00001309 <i>size</i>. Only values of <i>size</i> that are supported by the target
1310 will work. 32 (float) and 64 (double) are supported on all targets;
1311 80 or 128 (different flavors of long double) are also supported on some
1312 targets.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001313
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001314 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1315 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001316 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1317
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001318 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1319 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001320 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Chris Lattnere82bdc42009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001321
1322 <dt><tt>n<i>size1</i>:<i>size2</i>:<i>size3</i>...</tt></dt>
1323 <dd>This specifies a set of native integer widths for the target CPU
1324 in bits. For example, it might contain "n32" for 32-bit PowerPC,
1325 "n32:64" for PowerPC 64, or "n8:16:32:64" for X86-64. Elements of
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001326 this set are considered to support most general arithmetic
Chris Lattnere82bdc42009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001327 operations efficiently.</dd>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001328</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001329
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001330<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Dan Gohman1c70c002010-04-28 00:36:01 +00001331 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overridden by the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001332 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1333 are given in this list:</p>
1334
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001335<ul>
1336 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
Dan Gohmanfdf2e8c2010-02-23 02:44:03 +00001337 <li><tt>p:64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001338 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1339 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1340 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1341 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001342 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001343 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1344 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1345 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1346 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1347 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1348 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001349 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001350</ul>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001351
1352<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1353 following rules:</p>
1354
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001355<ol>
1356 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001357 specification is used.</li>
1358
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001359 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001360 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1361 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1362 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1363 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1364 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1365 specified).</li>
1366
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001367 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001368 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1369 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1370 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001371</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001372
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001373</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001374
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001375<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1376<div class="doc_subsection">
1377 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1378</div>
1379
1380<div class="doc_text">
1381
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001382<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolka99a82052009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001383with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001384is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1385according to the following rules:</p>
1386
1387<ul>
Dan Gohman1e109622010-07-02 18:41:32 +00001388 <li>A pointer value is associated with the addresses associated with
1389 any value it is <i>based</i> on.
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001390 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001391 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1392 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1393 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1394 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001395 no address.</li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001396 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1397 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1398 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001399 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001400 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
Dan Gohman1e109622010-07-02 18:41:32 +00001401</ul>
1402
1403<p>A pointer value is <i>based</i> on another pointer value according
1404 to the following rules:</p>
1405
1406<ul>
1407 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1408 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> operation
1409 is <i>based</i> on the first operand of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1410 <li>The result value of a
1411 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is <i>based</i> on the operand
1412 of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1413 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1414 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is <i>based</i> on all
1415 pointer values that contribute (directly or indirectly) to the
1416 computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1417 <li>The "<i>based</i> on" relationship is transitive.</li>
1418</ul>
1419
1420<p>Note that this definition of <i>"based"</i> is intentionally
1421 similar to the definition of <i>"based"</i> in C99, though it is
1422 slightly weaker.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001423
1424<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001425<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1426alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
Dan Gohmanc22c0f32010-06-17 19:23:50 +00001427interpretation of the value. The first operand type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001428<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1429and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001430
1431<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1432<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1433LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1434additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1435to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1436
1437</div>
1438
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00001439<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1440<div class="doc_subsection">
1441 <a name="volatile">Volatile Memory Accesses</a>
1442</div>
1443
1444<div class="doc_text">
1445
1446<p>Certain memory accesses, such as <a href="#i_load"><tt>load</tt></a>s, <a
1447href="#i_store"><tt>store</tt></a>s, and <a
1448href="#int_memcpy"><tt>llvm.memcpy</tt></a>s may be marked <tt>volatile</tt>.
1449The optimizers must not change the number of volatile operations or change their
1450order of execution relative to other volatile operations. The optimizers
1451<i>may</i> change the order of volatile operations relative to non-volatile
1452operations. This is not Java's "volatile" and has no cross-thread
1453synchronization behavior.</p>
1454
1455</div>
1456
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001457<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001458<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1459<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001460
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001461<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001462
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001463<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001464 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1465 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1466 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1467 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1468 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1469 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001470
1471</div>
1472
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001473<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001474<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001475Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001476
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001477<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001478
1479<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001480
1481<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001482 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001483 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001484 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001485 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001486 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001487 </tr>
1488 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001489 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1490 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001491 </tr>
1492 <tr>
1493 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001494 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1495 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1496 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman0066db62008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001497 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001498 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1499 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001500 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1501 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001502 </td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001503 </tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001504 <tr>
1505 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1506 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1507 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Tobias Grosser05387292010-12-28 20:29:31 +00001508 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001509 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
Dale Johannesen21fe99b2010-10-01 00:48:59 +00001510 <a href="#t_x86mmx">x86mmx</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001511 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001512 </tr>
1513 <tr>
1514 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001515 <td><a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001516 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1517 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1518 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1519 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
1520 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1521 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman01ac1012008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001522 </td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001523 </tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001524 </tbody>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001525</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001526
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001527<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1528 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001529 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001530
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001531</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001532
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001533<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001534<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001535
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001536<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001537
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001538<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001539 system.</p>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001540
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001541</div>
1542
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001543<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001544<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1545
1546<div class="doc_text">
1547
1548<h5>Overview:</h5>
1549<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
1550 bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1551 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1552
1553<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1554<pre>
1555 iN
1556</pre>
1557
1558<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1559 value.</p>
1560
1561<h5>Examples:</h5>
1562<table class="layout">
1563 <tr class="layout">
1564 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1565 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
1566 </tr>
1567 <tr class="layout">
1568 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1569 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1570 </tr>
1571 <tr class="layout">
1572 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1573 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1574 </tr>
1575</table>
1576
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001577</div>
1578
1579<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001580<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1581
1582<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001583
1584<table>
1585 <tbody>
1586 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1587 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1588 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1589 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1590 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1591 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1592 </tbody>
1593</table>
1594
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001595</div>
1596
1597<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dale Johannesen21fe99b2010-10-01 00:48:59 +00001598<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_x86mmx">X86mmx Type</a> </div>
1599
1600<div class="doc_text">
1601
1602<h5>Overview:</h5>
1603<p>The x86mmx type represents a value held in an MMX register on an x86 machine. The operations allowed on it are quite limited: parameters and return values, load and store, and bitcast. User-specified MMX instructions are represented as intrinsic or asm calls with arguments and/or results of this type. There are no arrays, vectors or constants of this type.</p>
1604
1605<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1606<pre>
Dale Johannesen473a8c82010-10-01 01:07:02 +00001607 x86mmx
Dale Johannesen21fe99b2010-10-01 00:48:59 +00001608</pre>
1609
1610</div>
1611
1612<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001613<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1614
1615<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001616
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001617<h5>Overview:</h5>
1618<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1619
1620<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001621<pre>
1622 void
1623</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001624
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001625</div>
1626
1627<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1628<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1629
1630<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001631
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001632<h5>Overview:</h5>
1633<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1634
1635<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001636<pre>
1637 label
1638</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001639
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001640</div>
1641
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001642<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1643<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1644
1645<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001646
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001647<h5>Overview:</h5>
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001648<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1649 created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
1650 arguments.
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001651
1652<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001653<pre>
1654 metadata
1655</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001656
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001657</div>
1658
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001659
1660<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001661<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001662
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001663<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001664
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001665<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1666 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001667 useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
1668 may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
1669 possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
1670 of another array.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001671
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001672
1673</div>
1674
1675<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1676<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a> </div>
1677
1678<div class="doc_text">
1679
1680<p>Aggregate Types are a subset of derived types that can contain multiple
1681 member types. <a href="#t_array">Arrays</a>,
Chris Lattner61c70e92010-08-28 04:09:24 +00001682 <a href="#t_struct">structs</a>, and <a href="#t_vector">vectors</a> are
1683 aggregate types.</p>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001684
1685</div>
1686
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001687<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001688<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001689
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001690<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001691
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001692<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001693<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001694 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1695 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001696
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001697<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001698<pre>
1699 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1700</pre>
1701
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001702<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1703 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001704
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001705<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001706<table class="layout">
1707 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001708 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1709 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1710 </tr>
1711 <tr class="layout">
1712 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1713 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1714 </tr>
1715 <tr class="layout">
1716 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1717 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001718 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001719</table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001720<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1721<table class="layout">
1722 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001723 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1724 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1725 </tr>
1726 <tr class="layout">
1727 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1728 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1729 </tr>
1730 <tr class="layout">
1731 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1732 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001733 </tr>
1734</table>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001735
Dan Gohman7657f6b2009-11-09 19:01:53 +00001736<p>There is no restriction on indexing beyond the end of the array implied by
1737 a static type (though there are restrictions on indexing beyond the bounds
1738 of an allocated object in some cases). This means that single-dimension
1739 'variable sized array' addressing can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1740 length array type. An implementation of 'pascal style arrays' in LLVM could
1741 use the type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001742
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001743</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001744
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001745<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001746<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001747
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001748<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001749
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001750<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001751<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1752 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
Chris Lattner61c70e92010-08-28 04:09:24 +00001753 function type is a first class type or a void type.</p>
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001754
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001755<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001756<pre>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001757 &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001758</pre>
1759
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001760<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001761 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1762 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1763 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1764 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001765 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype&gt;</tt>' is any type except
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001766 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001767
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001768<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001769<table class="layout">
1770 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001771 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1772 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001773 </td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001774 </tr><tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001775 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencerf17a0b72006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001776 </tt></td>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001777 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001778 an <tt>i16</tt> and a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>,
1779 returning <tt>float</tt>.
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001780 </td>
1781 </tr><tr class="layout">
1782 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001783 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
1784 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
1785 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001786 LLVM.
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001787 </td>
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001788 </tr><tr class="layout">
1789 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001790 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
1791 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001792 </td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001793 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001794</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001795
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001796</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001797
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001798<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001799<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001800
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001801<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001802
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001803<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001804<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1805 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1806 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1807 size.</p>
1808
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00001809<p>Structures in memory are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>'
1810 and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field
1811 with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
1812 Structures in registers are accessed using the
1813 '<tt><a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue</a></tt>' and
1814 '<tt><a href="#i_insertvalue">insertvalue</a></tt>' instructions.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001815<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001816<pre>
1817 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1818</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001819
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001820<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001821<table class="layout">
1822 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001823 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1824 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1825 </tr><tr class="layout">
1826 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1827 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1828 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1829 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1830 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001831 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001832</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001833
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001834</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001835
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001836<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001837<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1838</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001839
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001840<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001841
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001842<h5>Overview:</h5>
1843<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001844 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1845 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1846 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1847
1848<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1849 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1850 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1851
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001852<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001853<pre>
1854 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1855</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001856
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001857<h5>Examples:</h5>
1858<table class="layout">
1859 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001860 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1861 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1862 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001863 <td class="left">
1864<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001865 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1866 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1867 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1868 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001869 </tr>
1870</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001871
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001872</div>
1873
1874<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001875<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001876
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001877<div class="doc_text">
1878
1879<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanff3ef322010-02-25 16:50:07 +00001880<p>The pointer type is used to specify memory locations.
1881 Pointers are commonly used to reference objects in memory.</p>
1882
1883<p>Pointer types may have an optional address space attribute defining the
1884 numbered address space where the pointed-to object resides. The default
1885 address space is number zero. The semantics of non-zero address
1886 spaces are target-specific.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001887
1888<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1889 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001890
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001891<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001892<pre>
1893 &lt;type&gt; *
1894</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001895
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001896<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001897<table class="layout">
1898 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001899 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001900 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1901 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1902 </tr>
1903 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00001904 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32*) *</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001905 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001906 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001907 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1908 </tr>
1909 <tr class="layout">
1910 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1911 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1912 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001913 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001914</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001915
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001916</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001917
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001918<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001919<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001920
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001921<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001922
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001923<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001924<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1925 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1926 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
Duncan Sandsd40d14e2009-11-27 13:38:03 +00001927 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vector types are considered
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001928 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001929
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001930<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001931<pre>
1932 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1933</pre>
1934
Chris Lattner7d2e7be2010-10-10 18:20:35 +00001935<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value larger than 0; elementtype
1936 may be any integer or floating point type. Vectors of size zero are not
1937 allowed, and pointers are not allowed as the element type.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001938
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001939<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001940<table class="layout">
1941 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001942 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1943 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1944 </tr>
1945 <tr class="layout">
1946 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1947 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1948 </tr>
1949 <tr class="layout">
1950 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1951 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001952 </tr>
1953</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001954
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001955</div>
1956
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001957<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1958<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1959<div class="doc_text">
1960
1961<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001962<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001963 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1964 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1965 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001966
1967<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001968<pre>
1969 opaque
1970</pre>
1971
1972<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001973<table class="layout">
1974 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001975 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1976 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001977 </tr>
1978</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001979
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001980</div>
1981
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001982<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1983<div class="doc_subsection">
1984 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1985</div>
1986
1987<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001988
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001989<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001990<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1991 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1992 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1993 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1994 include:</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001995
1996<pre>
Chris Lattner3060f5b2009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001997 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001998 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
1999 \1* %z = type %z*
2000</pre>
2001
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002002<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
2003 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
2004 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
2005 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
2006 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002007
2008<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2009<pre>
2010 \&lt;level&gt;
2011</pre>
2012
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002013<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002014
2015<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002016<table class="layout">
2017 <tr class="layout">
2018 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
2019 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
2020 </tr>
2021 <tr class="layout">
2022 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
2023 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
2024 structure.</td>
2025 </tr>
2026</table>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002027
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002028</div>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00002029
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002030<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2031<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
2032<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2033
2034<div class="doc_text">
2035
2036<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002037 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002038
2039</div>
2040
2041<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00002042<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002043
2044<div class="doc_text">
2045
2046<dl>
2047 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002048 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00002049 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002050
2051 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002052 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
2053 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
2054 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002055
2056 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002057 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002058 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
2059 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
2060 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
2061 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
2062 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002063
2064 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002065 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002066 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002067</dl>
2068
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002069<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
2070 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
2071 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
2072 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
2073 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
2074 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
2075 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
2076 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
2077 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
2078 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
2079
Dale Johannesenbd5e5a82009-02-11 22:14:51 +00002080<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002081 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
2082 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
2083 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
2084 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
2085 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
2086 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
2087 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
2088 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
2089 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
2090 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
2091 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
2092
Dale Johannesen21fe99b2010-10-01 00:48:59 +00002093<p>There are no constants of type x86mmx.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002094</div>
2095
2096<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00002097<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00002098<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
2099<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002100</div>
2101
2102<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002103
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00002104<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002105 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002106
2107<dl>
2108 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002109 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002110 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
2111 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
2112 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
2113 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
2114 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
2115 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002116
2117 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002118 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002119 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
2120 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
2121 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
2122 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
2123 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002124
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002125 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002126 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002127 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
2128 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
2129 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
2130 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
2131 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002132
2133 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002134 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00002135 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and
2136 <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> types.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002137 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
2138 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
2139 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002140
2141 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky1e8c7a62009-05-30 16:08:30 +00002142 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002143 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
2144 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
2145 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
2146 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002147</dl>
2148
2149</div>
2150
2151<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2152<div class="doc_subsection">
2153 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
2154</div>
2155
2156<div class="doc_text">
2157
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002158<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
2159 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2160 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2161 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2162 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2163 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002164
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002165<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnera18a4242007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002166@X = global i32 17
2167@Y = global i32 42
2168@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002169</pre>
2170
2171</div>
2172
2173<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002174<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002175<div class="doc_text">
2176
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002177<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002178 indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002179 Undefined values may be of any type (other than '<tt>label</tt>'
2180 or '<tt>void</tt>') and be used anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002181
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002182<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002183 program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
2184 compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
2185 surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002186
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002187
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002188<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002189 %A = add %X, undef
2190 %B = sub %X, undef
2191 %C = xor %X, undef
2192Safe:
2193 %A = undef
2194 %B = undef
2195 %C = undef
2196</pre>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002197
2198<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002199 Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002200
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002201<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002202 %A = or %X, undef
2203 %B = and %X, undef
2204Safe:
2205 %A = -1
2206 %B = 0
2207Unsafe:
2208 %A = undef
2209 %B = undef
2210</pre>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002211
2212<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002213 For example, if <tt>%X</tt> has a zero bit, then the output of the
2214 '<tt>and</tt>' operation will always be a zero for that bit, no matter what
2215 the corresponding bit from the '<tt>undef</tt>' is. As such, it is unsafe to
2216 optimize or assume that the result of the '<tt>and</tt>' is '<tt>undef</tt>'.
2217 However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the '<tt>undef</tt>' could be
2218 0, and optimize the '<tt>and</tt>' to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that
2219 all the bits of the '<tt>undef</tt>' operand to the '<tt>or</tt>' could be
2220 set, allowing the '<tt>or</tt>' to be folded to -1.</p>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002221
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002222<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002223 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2224 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2225 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2226Safe:
2227 %A = %X (or %Y)
2228 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2229 %C = %Y
2230Unsafe:
2231 %A = undef
2232 %B = undef
2233 %C = undef
2234</pre>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002235
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002236<p>This set of examples shows that undefined '<tt>select</tt>' (and conditional
2237 branch) conditions can go <em>either way</em>, but they have to come from one
2238 of the two operands. In the <tt>%A</tt> example, if <tt>%X</tt> and
2239 <tt>%Y</tt> were both known to have a clear low bit, then <tt>%A</tt> would
2240 have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the <tt>%C</tt> example, the
2241 optimizer is allowed to assume that the '<tt>undef</tt>' operand could be the
2242 same as <tt>%Y</tt>, allowing the whole '<tt>select</tt>' to be
2243 eliminated.</p>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002244
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002245<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002246 %A = xor undef, undef
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002247
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002248 %B = undef
2249 %C = xor %B, %B
2250
2251 %D = undef
2252 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2253 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2254
2255Safe:
2256 %A = undef
2257 %B = undef
2258 %C = undef
2259 %D = undef
2260 %E = undef
2261 %F = undef
2262</pre>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002263
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002264<p>This example points out that two '<tt>undef</tt>' operands are not
2265 necessarily the same. This can be surprising to people (and also matches C
2266 semantics) where they assume that "<tt>X^X</tt>" is always zero, even
2267 if <tt>X</tt> is undefined. This isn't true for a number of reasons, but the
2268 short answer is that an '<tt>undef</tt>' "variable" can arbitrarily change
2269 its value over its "live range". This is true because the variable doesn't
2270 actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is logically read
2271 from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed, so the value
2272 is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, <tt>%A</tt> and <tt>%C</tt>
2273 need to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with"
2274 concept would not hold.</p>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002275
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002276<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002277 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2278 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2279Safe:
2280 %A = undef
2281b: unreachable
2282</pre>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002283
2284<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002285 value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like
2286 '<tt>undef</tt>') is allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that
2287 the <tt>%A</tt> operation can be constant folded to '<tt>undef</tt>', because
2288 the '<tt>undef</tt>' could be an SNaN, and <tt>fdiv</tt> is not (currently)
2289 defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make a more
2290 aggressive assumption: because the <tt>undef</tt> is allowed to be an
2291 arbitrary value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a
2292 divide by zero has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that
2293 the operation does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and
2294 all code after it. Because the undefined operation "can't happen", the
2295 optimizer can assume that it occurs in dead code.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002296
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002297<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002298a: store undef -> %X
2299b: store %X -> undef
2300Safe:
2301a: &lt;deleted&gt;
2302b: unreachable
2303</pre>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002304
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002305<p>These examples reiterate the <tt>fdiv</tt> example: a store <em>of</em> an
2306 undefined value can be assumed to not have any effect; we can assume that the
2307 value is overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there.
2308 However, a store <em>to</em> an undefined location could clobber arbitrary
2309 memory, therefore, it has undefined behavior.</p>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002310
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002311</div>
2312
2313<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002314<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="trapvalues">Trap Values</a></div>
2315<div class="doc_text">
2316
Dan Gohmanc68ce062010-04-26 20:21:21 +00002317<p>Trap values are similar to <a href="#undefvalues">undef values</a>, however
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002318 instead of representing an unspecified bit pattern, they represent the
2319 fact that an instruction or constant expression which cannot evoke side
2320 effects has nevertheless detected a condition which results in undefined
Dan Gohmanc68ce062010-04-26 20:21:21 +00002321 behavior.</p>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002322
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002323<p>There is currently no way of representing a trap value in the IR; they
Dan Gohman855abed2010-05-03 14:51:43 +00002324 only exist when produced by operations such as
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002325 <a href="#i_add"><tt>add</tt></a> with the <tt>nsw</tt> flag.</p>
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002326
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002327<p>Trap value behavior is defined in terms of value <i>dependence</i>:</p>
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002328
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002329<ul>
2330<li>Values other than <a href="#i_phi"><tt>phi</tt></a> nodes depend on
2331 their operands.</li>
2332
2333<li><a href="#i_phi"><tt>Phi</tt></a> nodes depend on the operand corresponding
2334 to their dynamic predecessor basic block.</li>
2335
2336<li>Function arguments depend on the corresponding actual argument values in
2337 the dynamic callers of their functions.</li>
2338
2339<li><a href="#i_call"><tt>Call</tt></a> instructions depend on the
2340 <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instructions that dynamically transfer
2341 control back to them.</li>
2342
Dan Gohmanb5328162010-05-03 14:55:22 +00002343<li><a href="#i_invoke"><tt>Invoke</tt></a> instructions depend on the
2344 <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>, <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>,
2345 or exception-throwing call instructions that dynamically transfer control
2346 back to them.</li>
2347
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002348<li>Non-volatile loads and stores depend on the most recent stores to all of the
2349 referenced memory addresses, following the order in the IR
2350 (including loads and stores implied by intrinsics such as
2351 <a href="#int_memcpy"><tt>@llvm.memcpy</tt></a>.)</li>
2352
Dan Gohman7c24ff12010-05-03 14:59:34 +00002353<!-- TODO: In the case of multiple threads, this only applies if the store
2354 "happens-before" the load or store. -->
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002355
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002356<!-- TODO: floating-point exception state -->
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002357
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002358<li>An instruction with externally visible side effects depends on the most
2359 recent preceding instruction with externally visible side effects, following
Dan Gohmanff70fe42010-07-06 15:26:33 +00002360 the order in the IR. (This includes
2361 <a href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.)</li>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002362
Dan Gohmanb5328162010-05-03 14:55:22 +00002363<li>An instruction <i>control-depends</i> on a
2364 <a href="#terminators">terminator instruction</a>
2365 if the terminator instruction has multiple successors and the instruction
2366 is always executed when control transfers to one of the successors, and
2367 may not be executed when control is transfered to another.</li>
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002368
2369<li>Dependence is transitive.</li>
2370
2371</ul>
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002372
2373<p>Whenever a trap value is generated, all values which depend on it evaluate
2374 to trap. If they have side effects, the evoke their side effects as if each
2375 operand with a trap value were undef. If they have externally-visible side
2376 effects, the behavior is undefined.</p>
2377
2378<p>Here are some examples:</p>
Dan Gohmanc30f6e12010-04-26 20:54:53 +00002379
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002380<pre class="doc_code">
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002381entry:
2382 %trap = sub nuw i32 0, 1 ; Results in a trap value.
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002383 %still_trap = and i32 %trap, 0 ; Whereas (and i32 undef, 0) would return 0.
2384 %trap_yet_again = getelementptr i32* @h, i32 %still_trap
2385 store i32 0, i32* %trap_yet_again ; undefined behavior
2386
2387 store i32 %trap, i32* @g ; Trap value conceptually stored to memory.
2388 %trap2 = load i32* @g ; Returns a trap value, not just undef.
2389
2390 volatile store i32 %trap, i32* @g ; External observation; undefined behavior.
2391
2392 %narrowaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i16*
2393 %wideaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i64*
2394 %trap3 = load 16* %narrowaddr ; Returns a trap value.
2395 %trap4 = load i64* %widaddr ; Returns a trap value.
2396
2397 %cmp = icmp i32 slt %trap, 0 ; Returns a trap value.
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002398 %br i1 %cmp, %true, %end ; Branch to either destination.
2399
2400true:
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002401 volatile store i32 0, i32* @g ; This is control-dependent on %cmp, so
2402 ; it has undefined behavior.
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002403 br label %end
2404
2405end:
2406 %p = phi i32 [ 0, %entry ], [ 1, %true ]
2407 ; Both edges into this PHI are
2408 ; control-dependent on %cmp, so this
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002409 ; always results in a trap value.
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002410
2411 volatile store i32 0, i32* @g ; %end is control-equivalent to %entry
2412 ; so this is defined (ignoring earlier
2413 ; undefined behavior in this example).
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002414</pre>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002415
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002416</div>
2417
2418<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002419<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="blockaddress">Addresses of Basic
2420 Blocks</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002421<div class="doc_text">
2422
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002423<p><b><tt>blockaddress(@function, %block)</tt></b></p>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002424
2425<p>The '<tt>blockaddress</tt>' constant computes the address of the specified
Chris Lattner2dfdf2a2009-10-27 21:49:40 +00002426 basic block in the specified function, and always has an i8* type. Taking
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002427 the address of the entry block is illegal.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002428
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002429<p>This value only has defined behavior when used as an operand to the
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002430 '<a href="#i_indirectbr"><tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' instruction, or for
2431 comparisons against null. Pointer equality tests between labels addresses
2432 results in undefined behavior &mdash; though, again, comparison against null
2433 is ok, and no label is equal to the null pointer. This may be passed around
2434 as an opaque pointer sized value as long as the bits are not inspected. This
2435 allows <tt>ptrtoint</tt> and arithmetic to be performed on these values so
2436 long as the original value is reconstituted before the <tt>indirectbr</tt>
2437 instruction.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002438
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002439<p>Finally, some targets may provide defined semantics when using the value as
2440 the operand to an inline assembly, but that is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002441
2442</div>
2443
2444
2445<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002446<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2447</div>
2448
2449<div class="doc_text">
2450
2451<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002452 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2453 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2454 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00002455 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002456
2457<dl>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002458 <dt><b><tt>trunc (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002459 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2460 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002461
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002462 <dt><b><tt>zext (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002463 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
Duncan Sands28afd432010-07-13 12:06:14 +00002464 smaller than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002465
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002466 <dt><b><tt>sext (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002467 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
Duncan Sands28afd432010-07-13 12:06:14 +00002468 smaller than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002469
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002470 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002471 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2472 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2473 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002474
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002475 <dt><b><tt>fpext (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002476 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2477 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2478 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002479
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002480 <dt><b><tt>fptoui (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002481 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002482 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2483 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2484 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2485 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002486
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002487 <dt><b><tt>fptosi (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002488 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002489 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2490 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2491 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2492 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002493
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002494 <dt><b><tt>uitofp (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002495 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002496 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2497 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2498 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2499 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002500
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002501 <dt><b><tt>sitofp (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002502 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002503 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2504 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2505 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2506 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002507
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002508 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002509 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002510 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2511 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2512 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002513
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002514 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002515 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2516 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2517 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2518 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002519
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002520 <dt><b><tt>bitcast (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner03bbad62009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002521 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2522 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2523 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002524
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002525 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr (CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
2526 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds (CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002527 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002528 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2529 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2530 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002531
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002532 <dt><b><tt>select (COND, VAL1, VAL2)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002533 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002534
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002535 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND (VAL1, VAL2)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002536 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2537
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002538 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND (VAL1, VAL2)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002539 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002540
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002541 <dt><b><tt>extractelement (VAL, IDX)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002542 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2543 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002544
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002545 <dt><b><tt>insertelement (VAL, ELT, IDX)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002546 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2547 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002548
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002549 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector (VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002550 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2551 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002552
Nick Lewycky9e130ce2010-05-29 06:44:15 +00002553 <dt><b><tt>extractvalue (VAL, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
2554 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue operation</a> on
2555 constants. The index list is interpreted in a similar manner as indices in
2556 a '<a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>' operation. At least one
2557 index value must be specified.</dd>
2558
2559 <dt><b><tt>insertvalue (VAL, ELT, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
2560 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertvalue">insertvalue operation</a> on
2561 constants. The index list is interpreted in a similar manner as indices in
2562 a '<a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>' operation. At least one
2563 index value must be specified.</dd>
2564
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002565 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE (LHS, RHS)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002566 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2567 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2568 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2569 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2570 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002571</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002572
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002573</div>
Chris Lattner9ee5d222004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002574
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002575<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002576<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2577<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2578
2579<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2580<div class="doc_subsection">
2581<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2582</div>
2583
2584<div class="doc_text">
2585
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002586<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2587 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2588 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2589 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002590 as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002591 expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
2592 containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
2593 inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002594
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002595<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002596i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002597</pre>
2598
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002599<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2600 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2601 have:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002602
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002603<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002604%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002605</pre>
2606
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002607<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2608 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2609 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002610
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002611<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002612call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002613</pre>
2614
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002615<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
2616 stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
2617 yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2618 The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
2619 contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
2620 if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002621
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002622<pre class="doc_code">
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002623call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002624</pre>
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002625
2626<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
2627 first.</p>
2628
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002629<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002630 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2631 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2632 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002633</div>
2634
2635<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2636<a name="inlineasm_md">Inline Asm Metadata</a>
2637</div>
2638
2639<div class="doc_text">
2640
2641<p>The call instructions that wrap inline asm nodes may have a "!srcloc" MDNode
Chris Lattnerce1b9ad2010-11-17 08:20:42 +00002642 attached to it that contains a list of constant integers. If present, the
2643 code generator will use the integer as the location cookie value when report
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002644 errors through the LLVMContext error reporting mechanisms. This allows a
Dan Gohman1c70c002010-04-28 00:36:01 +00002645 front-end to correlate backend errors that occur with inline asm back to the
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002646 source code that produced it. For example:</p>
2647
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002648<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002649call void asm sideeffect "something bad", ""()<b>, !srcloc !42</b>
2650...
2651!42 = !{ i32 1234567 }
2652</pre>
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002653
2654<p>It is up to the front-end to make sense of the magic numbers it places in the
Chris Lattnerce1b9ad2010-11-17 08:20:42 +00002655 IR. If the MDNode contains multiple constants, the code generator will use
2656 the one that corresponds to the line of the asm that the error occurs on.</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002657
2658</div>
2659
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +00002660<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2661<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata
2662 Strings</a>
2663</div>
2664
2665<div class="doc_text">
2666
2667<p>LLVM IR allows metadata to be attached to instructions in the program that
2668 can convey extra information about the code to the optimizers and code
2669 generator. One example application of metadata is source-level debug
2670 information. There are two metadata primitives: strings and nodes. All
2671 metadata has the <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a
2672 preceding exclamation point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
2673
2674<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
2675 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2676 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
2677
2678<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
2679 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
2680 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2681 10}</tt>". Metadata nodes can have any values as their operand.</p>
2682
2683<p>A <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a> is a collection of
2684 metadata nodes, which can be looked up in the module symbol table. For
2685 example: "<tt>!foo = metadata !{!4, !3}</tt>".
2686
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002687<p>Metadata can be used as function arguments. Here <tt>llvm.dbg.value</tt>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002688 function is using two metadata arguments.</p>
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002689
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002690 <pre class="doc_code">
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002691 call void @llvm.dbg.value(metadata !24, i64 0, metadata !25)
2692 </pre>
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002693
2694<p>Metadata can be attached with an instruction. Here metadata <tt>!21</tt> is
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002695 attached with <tt>add</tt> instruction using <tt>!dbg</tt> identifier.</p>
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002696
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002697 <pre class="doc_code">
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002698 %indvar.next = add i64 %indvar, 1, !dbg !21
2699 </pre>
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +00002700</div>
2701
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002702
2703<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2704<div class="doc_section">
2705 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2706</div>
2707<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2708
2709<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2710code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002711of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2712section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2713by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002714
2715<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2716<div class="doc_subsection">
2717<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2718</div>
2719
2720<div class="doc_text">
2721
2722<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2723href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2724pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2725cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2726
2727<pre>
2728 @X = global i8 4
2729 @Y = global i32 123
2730
2731 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2732 i8* @X,
2733 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2734 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2735</pre>
2736
2737<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2738compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2739a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2740internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2741list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2742inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2743"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2744
2745<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2746object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2747
2748</div>
2749
2750<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2751<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002752<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2753</div>
2754
2755<div class="doc_text">
2756
2757<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2758<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2759touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2760linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2761by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2762
2763<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2764should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2765
2766</div>
2767
2768<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2769<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002770<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2771</div>
2772
2773<div class="doc_text">
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002774<pre>
2775%0 = type { i32, void ()* }
David Chisnall27195a52010-04-30 19:27:35 +00002776@llvm.global_ctors = appending global [1 x %0] [%0 { i32 65535, void ()* @ctor }]
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002777</pre>
2778<p>The <tt>@llvm.global_ctors</tt> array contains a list of constructor functions and associated priorities. The functions referenced by this array will be called in ascending order of priority (i.e. lowest first) when the module is loaded. The order of functions with the same priority is not defined.
2779</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002780
2781</div>
2782
2783<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2784<div class="doc_subsection">
2785<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2786</div>
2787
2788<div class="doc_text">
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002789<pre>
2790%0 = type { i32, void ()* }
David Chisnall27195a52010-04-30 19:27:35 +00002791@llvm.global_dtors = appending global [1 x %0] [%0 { i32 65535, void ()* @dtor }]
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002792</pre>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002793
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002794<p>The <tt>@llvm.global_dtors</tt> array contains a list of destructor functions and associated priorities. The functions referenced by this array will be called in descending order of priority (i.e. highest first) when the module is loaded. The order of functions with the same priority is not defined.
2795</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002796
2797</div>
2798
2799
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002800<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002801<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2802<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002803
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002804<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002805
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002806<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2807 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2808 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2809 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2810 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2811 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002812
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002813</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002814
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002815<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002816<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2817Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002818
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002819<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002820
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002821<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2822 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2823 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2824 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2825 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2826 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2827
Duncan Sands83821c82010-04-15 20:35:54 +00002828<p>There are seven different terminator instructions: the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002829 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2830 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2831 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
Bill Wendling21c346e2009-11-02 00:25:26 +00002832 '<a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' Instruction, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002833 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2834 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2835 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002836
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002837</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002838
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002839<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002840<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2841Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002842
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002843<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002844
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002845<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002846<pre>
2847 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002848 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002849</pre>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002850
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002851<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002852<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2853 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2854
2855<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2856 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2857 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002858
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002859<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002860<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2861 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2862 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002863
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002864<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2865 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2866 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2867 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2868 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002869
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002870<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002871<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2872 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2873 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2874 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2875 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2876 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2877 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2878 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002879
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002880<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002881<pre>
2882 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002883 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling0a4bbbf2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002884 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002885</pre>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002886
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002887</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002888<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002889<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002890
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002891<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002892
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002893<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002894<pre>
2895 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002896</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002897
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002898<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002899<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2900 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2901 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2902 branch.</p>
2903
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002904<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002905<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2906 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2907 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2908 target.</p>
2909
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002910<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002911<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002912 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2913 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2914 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2915
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002916<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002917<pre>
2918Test:
2919 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2920 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2921IfEqual:
2922 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2923IfUnequal:
2924 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2925</pre>
2926
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002927</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002928
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002929<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002930<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2931 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2932</div>
2933
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002934<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002935
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002936<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002937<pre>
2938 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2939</pre>
2940
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002941<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002942<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002943 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2944 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2945 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002946
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002947<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002948<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002949 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2950 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2951 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002952
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002953<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002954<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002955 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2956 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002957 transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2958 transferred to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002959
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002960<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002961<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002962 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2963 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2964 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002965
2966<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002967<pre>
2968 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002969 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002970 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002971
2972 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002973 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002974
2975 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002976 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2977 i32 1, label %onone
2978 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002979</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002980
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002981</div>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002982
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002983
2984<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2985<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002986 <a name="i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002987</div>
2988
2989<div class="doc_text">
2990
2991<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2992<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002993 indirectbr &lt;somety&gt;* &lt;address&gt;, [ label &lt;dest1&gt;, label &lt;dest2&gt;, ... ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002994</pre>
2995
2996<h5>Overview:</h5>
2997
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002998<p>The '<tt>indirectbr</tt>' instruction implements an indirect branch to a label
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002999 within the current function, whose address is specified by
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00003000 "<tt>address</tt>". Address must be derived from a <a
3001 href="#blockaddress">blockaddress</a> constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00003002
3003<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3004
3005<p>The '<tt>address</tt>' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
3006 rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations that the
3007 address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple times in the
3008 destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003009
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00003010<p>This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an accurate
3011 understanding of the CFG.</p>
3012
3013<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3014
3015<p>Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
3016 possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise this
3017 instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to labels
3018 defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.</p>
3019
3020<h5>Implementation:</h5>
3021
3022<p>This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.</p>
3023
3024<h5>Example:</h5>
3025<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00003026 indirectbr i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00003027</pre>
3028
3029</div>
3030
3031
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003032<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003033<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3034 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
3035</div>
3036
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003037<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003038
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003039<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003040<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00003041 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner76b8a332006-05-14 18:23:06 +00003042 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003043</pre>
3044
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003045<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003046<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003047 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
3048 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
3049 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
3050 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
3051 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
3052 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
3053 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003054
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003055<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003056<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003057
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003058<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003059 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
3060 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
3061 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00003062
3063 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003064 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
3065 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00003066
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003067 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003068 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
3069 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
3070 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003071
3072 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003073 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003074
3075 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00003076 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
3077 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
3078 signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
3079 the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003080
3081 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003082 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003083
3084 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003085 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003086
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00003087 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003088 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
3089 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003090</ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003091
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003092<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003093<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
3094 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
3095 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
3096 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003097
3098<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003099 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
3100 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
3101 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003102
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003103<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
3104 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
3105 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
3106 available.</p>
Dan Gohmanf96a4992009-05-22 21:47:08 +00003107
Chris Lattnerdf7a6802010-01-15 18:08:37 +00003108<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
3109that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
3110
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003111<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003112<pre>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00003113 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003114 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00003115 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003116 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003117</pre>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003118
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003119</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003120
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003121<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003122
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003123<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
3124Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003125
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003126<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003127
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003128<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003129<pre>
3130 unwind
3131</pre>
3132
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003133<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003134<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003135 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
3136 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
3137 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003138
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003139<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner72ed2002008-04-19 21:01:16 +00003140<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003141 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
3142 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
3143 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
3144 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
3145 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
3146
Chris Lattnerdf7a6802010-01-15 18:08:37 +00003147<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
3148that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
3149
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003150</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003151
3152<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3153
3154<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
3155Instruction</a> </div>
3156
3157<div class="doc_text">
3158
3159<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3160<pre>
3161 unreachable
3162</pre>
3163
3164<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003165<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003166 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
3167 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
3168 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003169
3170<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003171<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003172
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003173</div>
3174
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003175<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003176<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003177
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003178<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003179
3180<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
3181 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
3182 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
3183 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
3184 has the same type as its operands.</p>
3185
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003186<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003187
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003188</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003189
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003190<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003191<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3192 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
3193</div>
3194
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003195<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003196
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003197<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003198<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003199 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003200 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3201 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3202 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003203</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003204
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003205<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003206<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003207
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003208<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003209<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
3210 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3211 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003212
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003213<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003214<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003215
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003216<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
3217 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003218
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003219<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3220 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003221
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003222<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3223 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3224 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003225 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3226 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003227
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003228<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003229<pre>
3230 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003231</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003232
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003233</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003234
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003235<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003236<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003237 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
3238</div>
3239
3240<div class="doc_text">
3241
3242<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003243<pre>
3244 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3245</pre>
3246
3247<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003248<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
3249
3250<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003251<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003252 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3253 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003254
3255<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003256<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
3257
3258<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003259<pre>
3260 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
3261</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003262
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003263</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003264
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003265<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3266<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003267 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3268</div>
3269
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003270<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003271
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003272<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003273<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003274 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003275 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3276 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3277 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003278</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003279
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003280<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003281<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003282 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003283
3284<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003285 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3286 representations.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003287
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003288<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003289<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
3290 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3291 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003292
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003293<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003294<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003295
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003296<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003297 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
3298 result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003299
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003300<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3301 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003302
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003303<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3304 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3305 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003306 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3307 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003308
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003309<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00003310<pre>
3311 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003312 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003313</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003314
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003315</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003316
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003317<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003318<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003319 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3320</div>
3321
3322<div class="doc_text">
3323
3324<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003325<pre>
3326 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3327</pre>
3328
3329<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003330<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003331 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003332
3333<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003334 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3335 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003336
3337<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00003338<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003339 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3340 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003341
3342<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003343<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
3344
3345<h5>Example:</h5>
3346<pre>
3347 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
3348 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
3349</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003350
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003351</div>
3352
3353<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3354<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003355 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3356</div>
3357
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003358<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003359
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003360<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003361<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003362 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003363 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3364 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3365 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003366</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003367
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003368<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003369<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003370
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003371<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003372<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
3373 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3374 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003375
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003376<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003377<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003378
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003379<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3380 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
3381 width of the result.</p>
3382
3383<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
3384 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
3385 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3386 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
3387 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3388 product.</p>
3389
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003390<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3391 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3392 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003393 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3394 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003395
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003396<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003397<pre>
3398 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003399</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003400
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003401</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003402
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003403<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003404<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3405 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3406</div>
3407
3408<div class="doc_text">
3409
3410<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003411<pre>
3412 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003413</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003414
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003415<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003416<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003417
3418<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003419<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003420 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3421 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003422
3423<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003424<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
3425
3426<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003427<pre>
3428 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003429</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003430
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003431</div>
3432
3433<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003434<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
3435</a></div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003436
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003437<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003438
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003439<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003440<pre>
3441 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003442</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003443
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003444<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003445<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003446
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003447<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003448<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003449 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3450 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003451
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003452<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003453<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003454
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003455<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003456 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
3457
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003458<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003459
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003460<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003461<pre>
3462 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003463</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003464
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003465</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003466
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003467<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3468<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
3469</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003470
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003471<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003472
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003473<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003474<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003475 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003476 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003477</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003478
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003479<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003480<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003481
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003482<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003483<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003484 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3485 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003486
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003487<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003488<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
3489 towards zero.</p>
3490
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003491<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003492 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
3493
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003494<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003495 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
3496 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
3497
Dan Gohman9c5beed2009-07-22 00:04:19 +00003498<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman27ef9972010-04-23 15:23:32 +00003499 <tt>sdiv</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the result would
Dan Gohman38da9272010-07-11 00:08:34 +00003500 be rounded.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003501
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003502<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003503<pre>
3504 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003505</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003506
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003507</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003508
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003509<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3510<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003511Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003512
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003513<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003514
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003515<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003516<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003517 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003518</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003519
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003520<h5>Overview:</h5>
3521<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003522
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003523<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003524<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003525 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3526 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003527
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003528<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003529<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003530
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003531<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003532<pre>
3533 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003534</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003535
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003536</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003537
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003538<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003539<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3540</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003541
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003542<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003543
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003544<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003545<pre>
3546 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003547</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003548
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003549<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003550<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3551 division of its two arguments.</p>
3552
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003553<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003554<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003555 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3556 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3557
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003558<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3559<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003560 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3561 remainder.</p>
3562
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003563<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003564 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3565
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003566<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003567
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003568<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003569<pre>
3570 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003571</pre>
3572
3573</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003574
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003575<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003576<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3577 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3578</div>
3579
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003580<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003581
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003582<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003583<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003584 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003585</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003586
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003587<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003588<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3589 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3590 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3591 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003592
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003593<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003594<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003595 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3596 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003597
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003598<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003599<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003600 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3601 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3602 a value. For more information about the difference,
3603 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3604 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3605 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3606 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3607
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003608<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003609 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3610
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003611<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003612 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3613 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3614 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3615 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3616 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3617
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003618<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003619<pre>
3620 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003621</pre>
3622
3623</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003624
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003625<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003626<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3627 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3628
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003629<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003630
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003631<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003632<pre>
3633 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003634</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003635
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003636<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003637<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3638 its two operands.</p>
3639
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003640<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3641<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003642 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3643 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003644
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003645<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003646<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3647 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003648
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003649<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003650<pre>
3651 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003652</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003653
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003654</div>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003655
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003656<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3657<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3658Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003659
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003660<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003661
3662<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3663 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3664 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3665 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3666 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3667
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003668</div>
3669
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003670<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3671<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3672Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003673
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003674<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003675
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003676<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003677<pre>
3678 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003679</pre>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003680
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003681<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003682<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3683 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003684
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003685<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003686<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3687 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3688 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003689
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003690<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003691<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3692 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3693 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3694 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3695 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3696 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003697
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003698<h5>Example:</h5>
3699<pre>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003700 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3701 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3702 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003703 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003704 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003705</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003706
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003707</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003708
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003709<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3710<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3711Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003712
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003713<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003714
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003715<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003716<pre>
3717 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003718</pre>
3719
3720<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003721<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3722 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003723
3724<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003725<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003726 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3727 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003728
3729<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3730<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003731 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3732 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3733 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3734 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3735 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003736
3737<h5>Example:</h5>
3738<pre>
3739 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3740 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3741 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3742 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003743 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003744 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003745</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003746
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003747</div>
3748
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003749<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003750<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3751Instruction</a> </div>
3752<div class="doc_text">
3753
3754<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003755<pre>
3756 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003757</pre>
3758
3759<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003760<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3761 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3762 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003763
3764<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003765<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003766 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3767 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003768
3769<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003770<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3771 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3772 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3773 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3774 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3775 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003776
3777<h5>Example:</h5>
3778<pre>
3779 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3780 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3781 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3782 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003783 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003784 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003785</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003786
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003787</div>
3788
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003789<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003790<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3791Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003792
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003793<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003794
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003795<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003796<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003797 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003798</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003799
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003800<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003801<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3802 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003803
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003804<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003805<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003806 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3807 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003808
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003809<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003810<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003811
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003812<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003813 <tbody>
3814 <tr>
3815 <td>In0</td>
3816 <td>In1</td>
3817 <td>Out</td>
3818 </tr>
3819 <tr>
3820 <td>0</td>
3821 <td>0</td>
3822 <td>0</td>
3823 </tr>
3824 <tr>
3825 <td>0</td>
3826 <td>1</td>
3827 <td>0</td>
3828 </tr>
3829 <tr>
3830 <td>1</td>
3831 <td>0</td>
3832 <td>0</td>
3833 </tr>
3834 <tr>
3835 <td>1</td>
3836 <td>1</td>
3837 <td>1</td>
3838 </tr>
3839 </tbody>
3840</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003841
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003842<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003843<pre>
3844 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003845 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3846 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003847</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003848</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003849<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003850<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003851
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003852<div class="doc_text">
3853
3854<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3855<pre>
3856 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3857</pre>
3858
3859<h5>Overview:</h5>
3860<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3861 two operands.</p>
3862
3863<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003864<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003865 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3866 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3867
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003868<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003869<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003870
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003871<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3872 <tbody>
3873 <tr>
3874 <td>In0</td>
3875 <td>In1</td>
3876 <td>Out</td>
3877 </tr>
3878 <tr>
3879 <td>0</td>
3880 <td>0</td>
3881 <td>0</td>
3882 </tr>
3883 <tr>
3884 <td>0</td>
3885 <td>1</td>
3886 <td>1</td>
3887 </tr>
3888 <tr>
3889 <td>1</td>
3890 <td>0</td>
3891 <td>1</td>
3892 </tr>
3893 <tr>
3894 <td>1</td>
3895 <td>1</td>
3896 <td>1</td>
3897 </tr>
3898 </tbody>
3899</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003900
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003901<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003902<pre>
3903 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003904 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3905 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003906</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003907
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003908</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003909
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003910<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003911<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3912Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003913
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003914<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003915
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003916<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003917<pre>
3918 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003919</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003920
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003921<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003922<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3923 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3924 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3925
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003926<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003927<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003928 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3929 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003930
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003931<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003932<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003933
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003934<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3935 <tbody>
3936 <tr>
3937 <td>In0</td>
3938 <td>In1</td>
3939 <td>Out</td>
3940 </tr>
3941 <tr>
3942 <td>0</td>
3943 <td>0</td>
3944 <td>0</td>
3945 </tr>
3946 <tr>
3947 <td>0</td>
3948 <td>1</td>
3949 <td>1</td>
3950 </tr>
3951 <tr>
3952 <td>1</td>
3953 <td>0</td>
3954 <td>1</td>
3955 </tr>
3956 <tr>
3957 <td>1</td>
3958 <td>1</td>
3959 <td>0</td>
3960 </tr>
3961 </tbody>
3962</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003963
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003964<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003965<pre>
3966 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003967 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3968 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3969 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003970</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003971
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003972</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003973
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003974<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003975<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003976 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3977</div>
3978
3979<div class="doc_text">
3980
3981<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003982 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3983 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3984 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3985 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3986 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003987
3988</div>
3989
3990<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3991<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3992 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3993</div>
3994
3995<div class="doc_text">
3996
3997<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003998<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003999 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004000</pre>
4001
4002<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004003<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
4004 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004005
4006
4007<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004008<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
4009 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
4010 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
4011 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004012
4013<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004014<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
4015 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
4016 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
4017 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004018
4019<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004020<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004021 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004022</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004023
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004024</div>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004025
4026<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4027<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4028 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
4029</div>
4030
4031<div class="doc_text">
4032
4033<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004034<pre>
Dan Gohmanf3480b92008-05-12 23:38:42 +00004035 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004036</pre>
4037
4038<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004039<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
4040 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004041
4042<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004043<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
4044 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
4045 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
4046 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
4047 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004048
4049<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004050<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
4051 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
4052 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
4053 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004054
4055<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004056<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004057 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004058</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004059
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004060</div>
4061
4062<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4063<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4064 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
4065</div>
4066
4067<div class="doc_text">
4068
4069<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004070<pre>
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004071 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004072</pre>
4073
4074<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004075<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
4076 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
4077 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004078
4079<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004080<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
4081 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
4082 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
4083 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
4084 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004085
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004086<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
4087 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004088
4089<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004090<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
4091 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
4092 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
4093 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
4094 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004095
4096<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004097<pre>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004098 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004099 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004100 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004101 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004102 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004103 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004104 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004105 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004106</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004107
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004108</div>
Tanya Lattner09474292006-04-14 19:24:33 +00004109
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004110<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004111<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004112 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
4113</div>
4114
4115<div class="doc_text">
4116
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004117<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with
4118 <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> values.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004119
4120</div>
4121
4122<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4123<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4124 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
4125</div>
4126
4127<div class="doc_text">
4128
4129<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004130<pre>
4131 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
4132</pre>
4133
4134<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004135<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a member field
4136 from an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004137
4138<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004139<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
Chris Lattner61c70e92010-08-28 04:09:24 +00004140 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004141 <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The operands are constant indices to
4142 specify which value to extract in a similar manner as indices in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004143 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Frits van Bommel13242892010-12-05 20:54:38 +00004144 <p>The major differences to <tt>getelementptr</tt> indexing are:</p>
4145 <ul>
4146 <li>Since the value being indexed is not a pointer, the first index is
4147 omitted and assumed to be zero.</li>
4148 <li>At least one index must be specified.</li>
4149 <li>Not only struct indices but also array indices must be in
4150 bounds.</li>
4151 </ul>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004152
4153<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004154<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
4155 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004156
4157<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004158<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004159 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004160</pre>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004161
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004162</div>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004163
4164<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4165<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4166 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
4167</div>
4168
4169<div class="doc_text">
4170
4171<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004172<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00004173 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;aggregate type&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004174</pre>
4175
4176<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004177<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a member field
4178 in an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004179
4180<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004181<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
Chris Lattner61c70e92010-08-28 04:09:24 +00004182 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004183 <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The second operand is a first-class
4184 value to insert. The following operands are constant indices indicating
4185 the position at which to insert the value in a similar manner as indices in a
Frits van Bommel13242892010-12-05 20:54:38 +00004186 '<tt><a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue</a></tt>' instruction. The
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004187 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
4188 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004189
4190<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004191<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
4192 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
4193 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004194
4195<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004196<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00004197 %agg1 = insertvalue {i32, float} undef, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32 1, float undef}</i>
4198 %agg2 = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg1, float %val, 1 <i>; yields {i32 1, float %val}</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004199</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004200
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004201</div>
4202
4203
4204<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004205<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004206 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004207</div>
4208
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004209<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004210
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004211<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
4212 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00004213 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004214 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004215
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004216</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004217
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004218<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004219<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004220 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
4221</div>
4222
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004223<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004224
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004225<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004226<pre>
Dan Gohmanf75a7d32010-05-28 01:14:11 +00004227 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004228</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004229
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004230<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004231<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004232 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
4233 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
4234 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004235
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004236<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004237<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
4238 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
4239 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
4240 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
4241 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
4242 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
4243 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
4244 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
4245 type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004246
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004247<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004248
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004249<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling871eb0a2009-05-08 20:49:29 +00004250<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004251 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
4252 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
4253 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
4254 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
4255 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
4256 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
4257 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004258
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004259<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004260<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00004261 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4262 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4263 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4264 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004265</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004266
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004267</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004268
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004269<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004270<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
4271Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004272
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004273<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004274
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004275<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004276<pre>
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004277 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;]
4278 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;]
4279 !&lt;index&gt; = !{ i32 1 }
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004280</pre>
4281
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004282<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004283<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004284
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004285<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004286<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
4287 from which to load. The pointer must point to
4288 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
4289 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00004290 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other <a
4291 href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004292
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004293<p>The optional constant <tt>align</tt> argument specifies the alignment of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004294 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004295 omitted <tt>align</tt> argument means that the operation has the preferential
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004296 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4297 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004298 alignment results in undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004299 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4300
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004301<p>The optional <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metadata must reference a single
4302 metatadata name &lt;index&gt; corresponding to a metadata node with
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004303 one <tt>i32</tt> entry of value 1. The existence of
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004304 the <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metatadata on the instruction tells the optimizer
4305 and code generator that this load is not expected to be reused in the cache.
4306 The code generator may select special instructions to save cache bandwidth,
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004307 such as the <tt>MOVNT</tt> instruction on x86.</p>
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004308
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004309<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004310<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
4311 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
4312 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
4313 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
4314 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
4315 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
4316 same type.</p>
4317
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004318<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004319<pre>
4320 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4321 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004322 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004323</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004324
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004325</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004326
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004327<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004328<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
4329Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004330
Reid Spencer035ab572006-11-09 21:18:01 +00004331<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004332
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004333<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004334<pre>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00004335 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
4336 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004337</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004338
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004339<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004340<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004341
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004342<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004343<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
4344 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
4345 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
4346 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00004347 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as
4348 <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or
4349 order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other <a
4350 href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004351
4352<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
4353 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4354 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4355 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4356 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4357 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4358 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4359
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004360<p>The optional !nontemporal metadata must reference a single metatadata
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00004361 name &lt;index&gt; corresponding to a metadata node with one i32 entry of
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004362 value 1. The existence of the !nontemporal metatadata on the
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004363 instruction tells the optimizer and code generator that this load is
4364 not expected to be reused in the cache. The code generator may
4365 select special instructions to save cache bandwidth, such as the
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004366 MOVNT instruction on x86.</p>
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004367
4368
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004369<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004370<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
4371 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
4372 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
4373 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
4374 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
4375 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
4376 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
4377 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
4378
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004379<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004380<pre>
4381 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8c6c72d2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00004382 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
4383 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004384</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004385
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004386</div>
4387
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004388<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004389<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4390 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
4391</div>
4392
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004393<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004394
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004395<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004396<pre>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004397 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004398 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004399</pre>
4400
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004401<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004402<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004403 subelement of an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> data structure.
4404 It performs address calculation only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004405
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004406<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004407<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004408 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004409 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
4410 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
4411 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
4412 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
4413 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004414 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays,
Chris Lattner61c70e92010-08-28 04:09:24 +00004415 vectors, and structs. Note that subsequent types being indexed into
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004416 can never be pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before
4417 continuing calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004418
4419<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattner61c70e92010-08-28 04:09:24 +00004420 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004421 integer <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer
4422 or vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004423 constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004424
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004425<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
4426 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004427
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00004428<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004429struct RT {
4430 char A;
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004431 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004432 char C;
4433};
4434struct ST {
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004435 int X;
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004436 double Y;
4437 struct RT Z;
4438};
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004439
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004440int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004441 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
4442}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004443</pre>
4444
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004445<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004446
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00004447<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +00004448%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
4449%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004450
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004451define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004452entry:
4453 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
4454 ret i32* %reg
4455}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004456</pre>
4457
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004458<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004459<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004460 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
4461 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
4462 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
4463 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
4464 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
4465 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
4466 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
4467 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004468
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004469<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
4470 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4471 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004472
4473<pre>
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004474 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004475 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004476 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4477 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004478 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4479 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4480 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004481 }
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004482</pre>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004483
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004484<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman27ef9972010-04-23 15:23:32 +00004485 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the
4486 base pointer is not an <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object,
4487 or if any of the addresses that would be formed by successive addition of
4488 the offsets implied by the indices to the base address with infinitely
4489 precise arithmetic are not an <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated
4490 object. The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all
4491 the addresses that point into the object, plus the address one byte past
4492 the end.</p>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004493
4494<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4495 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4496 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4497 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4498 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4499 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4500 section for more information.</p>
4501
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004502<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4503 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004504
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004505<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004506<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004507 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004508 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4509 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004510 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004511 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4512 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta9f805c22009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004513 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta16ffa802009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004514 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004515</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004516
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004517</div>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004518
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004519<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004520<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004521</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004522
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004523<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004524
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004525<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004526 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4527 conversions on the operand.</p>
4528
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004529</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004530
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004531<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004532<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004533 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4534</div>
4535<div class="doc_text">
4536
4537<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4538<pre>
4539 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4540</pre>
4541
4542<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004543<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4544 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004545
4546<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004547<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4548 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4549 size and type of the result, which must be
4550 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4551 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4552 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004553
4554<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004555<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4556 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4557 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4558 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004559
4560<h5>Example:</h5>
4561<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004562 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004563 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004564 %Z = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004565</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004566
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004567</div>
4568
4569<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4570<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4571 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4572</div>
4573<div class="doc_text">
4574
4575<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4576<pre>
4577 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4578</pre>
4579
4580<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004581<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004582 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004583
4584
4585<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004586<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004587 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4588 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004589 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004590 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004591
4592<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4593<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004594 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004595
Reid Spencerb5929522007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004596<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004597
4598<h5>Example:</h5>
4599<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004600 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004601 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004602</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004603
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004604</div>
4605
4606<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4607<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4608 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4609</div>
4610<div class="doc_text">
4611
4612<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4613<pre>
4614 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4615</pre>
4616
4617<h5>Overview:</h5>
4618<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4619
4620<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004621<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004622 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4623 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004624 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004625 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004626
4627<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004628<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4629 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4630 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004631
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004632<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004633
4634<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004635<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004636 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004637 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004638</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004639
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004640</div>
4641
4642<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4643<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004644 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4645</div>
4646
4647<div class="doc_text">
4648
4649<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004650<pre>
4651 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4652</pre>
4653
4654<h5>Overview:</h5>
4655<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004656 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004657
4658<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4659<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004660 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4661 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004662 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004663 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004664
4665<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004666<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004667 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004668 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4669 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4670 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004671
4672<h5>Example:</h5>
4673<pre>
4674 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4675 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4676</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004677
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004678</div>
4679
4680<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4681<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004682 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4683</div>
4684<div class="doc_text">
4685
4686<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4687<pre>
4688 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4689</pre>
4690
4691<h5>Overview:</h5>
4692<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004693 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004694
4695<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004696<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004697 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4698 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4699 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004700
4701<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004702<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004703 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4704 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4705 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4706 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004707
4708<h5>Example:</h5>
4709<pre>
4710 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4711 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4712</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004713
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004714</div>
4715
4716<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4717<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer24d6da52007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004718 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004719</div>
4720<div class="doc_text">
4721
4722<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4723<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004724 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004725</pre>
4726
4727<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004728<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004729 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004730
4731<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004732<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4733 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4734 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4735 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4736 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004737
4738<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004739<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004740 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4741 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4742 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004743
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004744<h5>Example:</h5>
4745<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004746 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004747 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004748 %Z = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004749</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004750
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004751</div>
4752
4753<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4754<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004755 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004756</div>
4757<div class="doc_text">
4758
4759<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4760<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004761 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004762</pre>
4763
4764<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004765<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004766 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4767 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004768
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004769<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004770<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4771 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4772 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4773 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4774 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004775
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004776<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004777<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004778 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4779 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4780 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004781
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004782<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004783<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004784 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004785 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004786 %Z = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004787</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004788
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004789</div>
4790
4791<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4792<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004793 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004794</div>
4795<div class="doc_text">
4796
4797<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4798<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004799 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004800</pre>
4801
4802<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004803<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004804 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004805
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004806<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004807<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004808 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4809 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4810 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4811 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004812
4813<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004814<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004815 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4816 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4817 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004818
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004819<h5>Example:</h5>
4820<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004821 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004822 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004823</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004824
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004825</div>
4826
4827<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4828<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004829 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004830</div>
4831<div class="doc_text">
4832
4833<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4834<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004835 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004836</pre>
4837
4838<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004839<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4840 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004841
4842<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004843<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004844 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4845 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4846 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4847 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004848
4849<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004850<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4851 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4852 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004853
4854<h5>Example:</h5>
4855<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004856 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004857 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004858</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004859
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004860</div>
4861
4862<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4863<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004864 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4865</div>
4866<div class="doc_text">
4867
4868<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4869<pre>
4870 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4871</pre>
4872
4873<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004874<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4875 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004876
4877<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004878<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4879 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4880 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004881
4882<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4883<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004884 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4885 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4886 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4887 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4888 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4889 change.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004890
4891<h5>Example:</h5>
4892<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004893 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4894 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004895</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004896
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004897</div>
4898
4899<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4900<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4901 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4902</div>
4903<div class="doc_text">
4904
4905<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4906<pre>
4907 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4908</pre>
4909
4910<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004911<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4912 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004913
4914<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004915<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004916 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4917 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004918
4919<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4920<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004921 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4922 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4923 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4924 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4925 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004926
4927<h5>Example:</h5>
4928<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004929 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004930 %Y = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4931 %Z = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004932</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004933
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004934</div>
4935
4936<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4937<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004938 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004939</div>
4940<div class="doc_text">
4941
4942<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4943<pre>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004944 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004945</pre>
4946
4947<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004948<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004949 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004950
4951<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004952<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4953 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4954 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4955 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4956 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4957 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4958 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4959 size).</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004960
4961<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004962<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004963 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4964 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4965 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4966 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4967 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4968 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004969
4970<h5>Example:</h5>
4971<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004972 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004973 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004974 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004975</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004976
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004977</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004978
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004979<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4980<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004981
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004982<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004983
4984<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4985 defy better classification.</p>
4986
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004987</div>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004988
4989<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4990<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4991</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004992
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004993<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004994
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004995<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004996<pre>
4997 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004998</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004999
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005000<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005001<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
5002 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
5003 pointer operands.</p>
5004
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005005<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5006<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005007 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
5008 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
5009
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005010<ol>
5011 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
5012 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
5013 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
5014 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
5015 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
5016 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
5017 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
5018 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
5019 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
5020 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
5021</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005022
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00005023<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005024 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
5025 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
5026
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005027<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005028<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
5029 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005030 either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005031 result, as follows:</p>
5032
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005033<ol>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005034 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005035 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
5036 performed.</li>
5037
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005038 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005039 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
5040 performed.</li>
5041
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005042 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005043 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5044
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005045 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005046 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
5047 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5048
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005049 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005050 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5051
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005052 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005053 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5054
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005055 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005056 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5057
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005058 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005059 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
5060 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5061
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005062 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005063 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5064
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005065 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005066 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005067</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005068
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005069<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005070 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
5071
5072<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
5073 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
5074 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005075
5076<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005077<pre>
5078 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005079 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
5080 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5081 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
5082 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
5083 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005084</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005085
5086<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
5087 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
5088
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005089</div>
5090
5091<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5092<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
5093</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005094
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005095<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005096
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005097<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005098<pre>
5099 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005100</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005101
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005102<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005103<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
5104 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
5105
5106<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005107(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005108
5109<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
5110 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
5111 compared.</p>
5112
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005113<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5114<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005115 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
5116 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
5117
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005118<ol>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005119 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005120 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
5121 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
5122 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
5123 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
5124 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
5125 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
5126 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
5127 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
5128 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
5129 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
5130 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
5131 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
5132 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
5133 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005134 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005135</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005136
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005137<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005138 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
5139
5140<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
5141 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
5142 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
5143 identical types.</p>
5144
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005145<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00005146<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005147 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
5148 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005149 performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005150 follows:</p>
5151
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005152<ol>
5153 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005154
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005155 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005156 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5157
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005158 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005159 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005160
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005161 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005162 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5163
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005164 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005165 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5166
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005167 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005168 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5169
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005170 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005171 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5172
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005173 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005174
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005175 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005176 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5177
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005178 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005179 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5180
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005181 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005182 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5183
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005184 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005185 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5186
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005187 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005188 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5189
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005190 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005191 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5192
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005193 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005194
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005195 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
5196</ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005197
5198<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005199<pre>
5200 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00005201 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5202 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5203 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005204</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005205
5206<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
5207 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
5208
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005209</div>
5210
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005211<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemanac80ade2008-05-12 19:01:56 +00005212<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005213 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
5214</div>
5215
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005216<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005217
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005218<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005219<pre>
5220 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
5221</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005222
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005223<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005224<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
5225 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
5226
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005227<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005228<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
5229 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
5230 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
5231 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
5232 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
5233 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005234
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005235<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
5236 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
5237 block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005238
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005239<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
5240 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
5241 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
5242 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foadd2449092009-06-03 10:20:10 +00005243
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005244<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005245<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005246 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
5247 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005248
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005249<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005250<pre>
5251Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
5252 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
5253 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
5254 br label %Loop
5255</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005256
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005257</div>
5258
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005259<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5260<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5261 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
5262</div>
5263
5264<div class="doc_text">
5265
5266<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005267<pre>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00005268 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
5269
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005270 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005271</pre>
5272
5273<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005274<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
5275 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005276
5277
5278<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005279<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
5280 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
5281 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
5282 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
5283 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005284
5285<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005286<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
5287 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005288
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005289<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
5290 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005291
5292<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005293<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00005294 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005295</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005296
5297<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
5298 with vector type.</p>
5299
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005300</div>
5301
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00005302<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5303<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005304 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
5305</div>
5306
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005307<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005308
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005309<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005310<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00005311 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005312</pre>
5313
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005314<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005315<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005316
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005317<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005318<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005319
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005320<ol>
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005321 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates that the callee function does not
5322 access any allocas or varargs in the caller. Note that calls may be
5323 marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
5324 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction. If the "tail" marker is
5325 present, the function call is eligible for tail call optimization,
5326 but <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">might not in fact be
Evan Chengdc444e92010-03-08 21:05:02 +00005327 optimized into a jump</a>. The code generator may optimize calls marked
5328 "tail" with either 1) automatic <a href="CodeGenerator.html#sibcallopt">
5329 sibling call optimization</a> when the caller and callee have
5330 matching signatures, or 2) forced tail call optimization when the
5331 following extra requirements are met:
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005332 <ul>
5333 <li>Caller and callee both have the calling
5334 convention <tt>fastcc</tt>.</li>
5335 <li>The call is in tail position (ret immediately follows call and ret
5336 uses value of call or is void).</li>
5337 <li>Option <tt>-tailcallopt</tt> is enabled,
Dan Gohmanfbbee8d2010-03-02 01:08:11 +00005338 or <code>llvm::GuaranteedTailCallOpt</code> is <code>true</code>.</li>
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005339 <li><a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Platform specific
5340 constraints are met.</a></li>
5341 </ul>
5342 </li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005343
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005344 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
5345 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005346 defaults to using C calling conventions. The calling convention of the
5347 call must match the calling convention of the target function, or else the
5348 behavior is undefined.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005349
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005350 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
5351 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
5352 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
5353
5354 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
5355 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
5356 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
5357
5358 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
5359 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
5360 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
5361 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
5362
5363 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
5364 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
5365 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
5366 to function value.</li>
5367
5368 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00005369 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
5370 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
5371 signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
5372 the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005373
5374 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
5375 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
5376 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005377</ol>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005378
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005379<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005380<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
5381 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
5382 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
5383 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
5384 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
5385 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005386
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005387<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005388<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00005389 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00005390 call i32 (i8*, ...)* @printf(i8* %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner772fccf2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00005391 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5392 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5393 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00005394
5395 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005396 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00005397 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
5398 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner85a350f2008-10-08 06:26:11 +00005399 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmancb73d192008-10-07 10:03:45 +00005400 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005401</pre>
5402
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005403<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
Dale Johannesen9f8380b2009-09-25 17:04:42 +00005404standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
5405optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
5406something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005407freestanding environments and non-C-based languages.</p>
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005408
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005409</div>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005410
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005411<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005412<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00005413 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005414</div>
5415
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005416<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005417
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005418<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005419<pre>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005420 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005421</pre>
5422
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005423<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005424<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005425 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
5426 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005427
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005428<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005429<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
5430 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
5431 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
5432 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005433
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005434<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005435<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
5436 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
5437 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
5438 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005439
5440<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005441 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
5442 function.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005443
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005444<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
5445 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
5446 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005447
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005448<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005449<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
5450
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005451<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
5452 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
5453 any target.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00005454
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005455</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005456
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005457<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00005458<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
5459<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005460
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005461<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005462
5463<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005464 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
5465 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
5466 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
5467 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
5468 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005469
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005470<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005471 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
5472 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
5473 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
5474 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
5475 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
5476 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
5477 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005478
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005479<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
5480 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
5481 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
5482 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
5483 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
5484 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
5485 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
5486 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
5487 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
5488 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005489
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005490<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
5491 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
5492 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
5493 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
5494 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
5495 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
5496 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5497 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5498 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5499 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005500
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005501<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005502 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005503
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005504</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005505
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005506<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005507<div class="doc_subsection">
5508 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5509</div>
5510
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005511<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005512
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005513<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5514 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5515 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5516 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005517
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005518<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5519 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5520 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5521 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005522
Chris Lattner374ab302006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005523<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005524 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5525 used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005526
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00005527<pre class="doc_code">
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005528define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005529 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005530 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005531 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005532 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005533
5534 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005535 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005536
5537 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005538 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005539 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005540 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005541 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005542
5543 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005544 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005545 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005546}
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005547
5548declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5549declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5550declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005551</pre>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005552
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005553</div>
5554
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005555<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005556<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005557 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005558</div>
5559
5560
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005561<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005562
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005563<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005564<pre>
5565 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5566</pre>
5567
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005568<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005569<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5570 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005571
5572<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005573<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005574
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005575<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005576<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005577 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5578 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5579 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5580 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5581 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5582 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005583
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005584</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005585
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005586<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005587<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005588 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005589</div>
5590
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005591<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005592
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005593<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5594<pre>
5595 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5596</pre>
5597
5598<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005599<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005600 which has been initialized previously
5601 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5602 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005603
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005604<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005605<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005606
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005607<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005608<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005609 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5610 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5611 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5612 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5613 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005614
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005615</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005616
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005617<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005618<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005619 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005620</div>
5621
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005622<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005623
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005624<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005625<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005626 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005627</pre>
5628
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005629<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005630<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005631 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005632
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005633<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005634<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005635 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5636 from.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005637
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005638<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005639<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005640 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5641 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5642 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5643 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5644 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005645
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005646</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005647
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005648<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5649<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005650 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5651</div>
5652
5653<div class="doc_text">
5654
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005655<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005656Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005657intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5658roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5659require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5660barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5661these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5662see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5663LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005664
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005665<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5666 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005667
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005668</div>
5669
5670<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5671<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005672 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005673</div>
5674
5675<div class="doc_text">
5676
5677<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005678<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005679 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005680</pre>
5681
5682<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005683<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005684 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005685
5686<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005687<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005688 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5689 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5690 root.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005691
5692<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner05d67092008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005693<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005694 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5695 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5696 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5697 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005698
5699</div>
5700
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005701<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5702<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005703 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005704</div>
5705
5706<div class="doc_text">
5707
5708<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005709<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005710 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005711</pre>
5712
5713<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005714<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005715 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5716 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005717
5718<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005719<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005720 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5721 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5722 null).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005723
5724<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005725<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005726 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5727 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5728 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5729 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005730
5731</div>
5732
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005733<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5734<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005735 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005736</div>
5737
5738<div class="doc_text">
5739
5740<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005741<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005742 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005743</pre>
5744
5745<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005746<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005747 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5748 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005749
5750<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005751<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005752 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5753 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5754 be null.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005755
5756<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005757<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005758 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5759 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5760 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5761 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005762
5763</div>
5764
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005765<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5766<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005767 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5768</div>
5769
5770<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005771
5772<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5773 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005774
5775</div>
5776
5777<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5778<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005779 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005780</div>
5781
5782<div class="doc_text">
5783
5784<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5785<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005786 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005787</pre>
5788
5789<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005790<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5791 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5792 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005793
5794<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005795<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5796 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5797 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005798
5799<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005800<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5801 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5802 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5803 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5804 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005805
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005806<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5807 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5808 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005809
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005810</div>
5811
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005812<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5813<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005814 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005815</div>
5816
5817<div class="doc_text">
5818
5819<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5820<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00005821 declare i8* @llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005822</pre>
5823
5824<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005825<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5826 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005827
5828<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005829<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5830 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5831 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005832
5833<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005834<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5835 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5836 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5837 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5838 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005839
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005840<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5841 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5842 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005843
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005844</div>
5845
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005846<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5847<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005848 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005849</div>
5850
5851<div class="doc_text">
5852
5853<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5854<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00005855 declare i8* @llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005856</pre>
5857
5858<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005859<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5860 of the function stack, for use
5861 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5862 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5863 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005864
5865<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005866<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5867 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5868 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5869 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5870 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5871 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5872 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005873
5874</div>
5875
5876<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5877<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005878 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005879</div>
5880
5881<div class="doc_text">
5882
5883<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5884<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00005885 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8* %ptr)
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005886</pre>
5887
5888<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005889<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5890 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5891 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5892 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5893 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005894
5895<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005896<p>See the description
5897 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005898
5899</div>
5900
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005901<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5902<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005903 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005904</div>
5905
5906<div class="doc_text">
5907
5908<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5909<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005910 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005911</pre>
5912
5913<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005914<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5915 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5916 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5917 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005918
5919<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005920<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5921 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5922 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5923 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5924 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005925
5926<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005927<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5928 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5929 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5930 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005931
5932</div>
5933
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005934<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5935<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005936 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005937</div>
5938
5939<div class="doc_text">
5940
5941<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5942<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005943 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005944</pre>
5945
5946<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005947<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5948 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5949 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5950 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5951 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5952 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5953 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5954 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005955
5956<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005957<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005958
5959<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005960<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005961 not support this intrinsic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005962
5963</div>
5964
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005965<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5966<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005967 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005968</div>
5969
5970<div class="doc_text">
5971
5972<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5973<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00005974 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter()
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005975</pre>
5976
5977<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005978<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5979 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5980 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5981 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5982 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005983
5984<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005985<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5986 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5987 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5988 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005989
5990</div>
5991
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005992<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5993<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005994 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5995</div>
5996
5997<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005998
5999<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
6000 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
6001 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
6002 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006003
6004</div>
6005
6006<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6007<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006008 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006009</div>
6010
6011<div class="doc_text">
6012
6013<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006014<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
Mon P Wange88909b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00006015 integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support
6016 all bit widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006017
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006018<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006019 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8* &lt;src&gt;,
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006020 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006021 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8* &lt;src&gt;,
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006022 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006023</pre>
6024
6025<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006026<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6027 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006028
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006029<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006030 intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
6031 and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006032
6033<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006034
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006035<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
6036 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006037 number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
6038 source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
6039 volatile access.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006040
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006041<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006042 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
6043 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00006044
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00006045<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
6046 <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
6047 The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
6048 to depend on it.</p>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006049
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006050<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006051
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006052<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6053 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
6054 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
6055 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
6056 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006057
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006058</div>
6059
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006060<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6061<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006062 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006063</div>
6064
6065<div class="doc_text">
6066
6067<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00006068<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Mon P Wange88909b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00006069 width and for different address space. Not all targets support all bit
6070 widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006071
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006072<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006073 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8* &lt;src&gt;,
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006074 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006075 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8* &lt;src&gt;,
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006076 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006077</pre>
6078
6079<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006080<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
6081 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
6082 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
6083 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006084
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006085<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006086 intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
6087 and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006088
6089<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006090
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006091<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
6092 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006093 number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
6094 source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
6095 volatile access.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006096
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006097<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006098 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
6099 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00006100
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00006101<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
6102 <tt>llvm.memmove</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
6103 The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
6104 to depend on it.</p>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006105
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006106<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006107
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006108<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6109 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
6110 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
6111 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
6112 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006113
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006114</div>
6115
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006116<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6117<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006118 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006119</div>
6120
6121<div class="doc_text">
6122
6123<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00006124<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
John Criswellcdcbbfc2010-07-30 16:30:28 +00006125 width and for different address spaces. However, not all targets support all
6126 bit widths.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006127
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006128<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006129 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i32(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Chris Lattnerff35c3f2010-04-08 00:54:34 +00006130 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006131 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i64(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Chris Lattnerff35c3f2010-04-08 00:54:34 +00006132 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006133</pre>
6134
6135<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006136<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
6137 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006138
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006139<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
John Criswellcdcbbfc2010-07-30 16:30:28 +00006140 intrinsic does not return a value and takes extra alignment/volatile
6141 arguments. Also, the destination can be in an arbitrary address space.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006142
6143<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006144<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
John Criswellcdcbbfc2010-07-30 16:30:28 +00006145 byte value with which to fill it, the third argument is an integer argument
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006146 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
John Criswellcdcbbfc2010-07-30 16:30:28 +00006147 alignment of the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006148
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006149<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006150 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
6151 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006152
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00006153<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
6154 <tt>llvm.memset</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
6155 The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
6156 to depend on it.</p>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006157
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006158<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006159<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
6160 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
6161 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
6162 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006163
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006164</div>
6165
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006166<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6167<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006168 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006169</div>
6170
6171<div class="doc_text">
6172
6173<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006174<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
6175 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6176 types however.</p>
6177
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006178<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00006179 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
6180 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
6181 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6182 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
6183 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006184</pre>
6185
6186<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006187<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
6188 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
6189 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
6190 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
6191 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
6192 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006193
6194<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006195<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6196 type.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006197
6198<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006199<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
6200 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006201
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006202</div>
6203
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006204<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6205<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006206 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006207</div>
6208
6209<div class="doc_text">
6210
6211<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006212<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
6213 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6214 types however.</p>
6215
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006216<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00006217 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
6218 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
6219 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
6220 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
6221 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006222</pre>
6223
6224<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006225<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6226 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
6227 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
6228 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006229
6230<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006231<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
6232 that power.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006233
6234<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006235<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
6236 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006237
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006238</div>
6239
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006240<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6241<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6242 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6243</div>
6244
6245<div class="doc_text">
6246
6247<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006248<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
6249 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6250 types however.</p>
6251
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006252<pre>
6253 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
6254 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
6255 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6256 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
6257 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
6258</pre>
6259
6260<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006261<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006262
6263<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006264<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6265 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006266
6267<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006268<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
6269 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
6270 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006271
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006272</div>
6273
6274<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6275<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6276 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6277</div>
6278
6279<div class="doc_text">
6280
6281<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006282<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
6283 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6284 types however.</p>
6285
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006286<pre>
6287 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
6288 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
6289 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6290 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
6291 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
6292</pre>
6293
6294<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006295<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006296
6297<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006298<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6299 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006300
6301<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006302<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
6303 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
6304 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006305
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006306</div>
6307
6308<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6309<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6310 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6311</div>
6312
6313<div class="doc_text">
6314
6315<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006316<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
6317 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6318 types however.</p>
6319
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006320<pre>
6321 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
6322 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
6323 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
6324 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
6325 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
6326</pre>
6327
6328<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006329<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6330 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006331
6332<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006333<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
6334 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006335
6336<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006337<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
6338 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
6339 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006340
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006341</div>
6342
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006343<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6344<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006345 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006346</div>
6347
6348<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006349
6350<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
6351 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006352
6353</div>
6354
6355<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6356<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006357 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006358</div>
6359
6360<div class="doc_text">
6361
6362<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006363<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006364 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
6365
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006366<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006367 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
6368 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
6369 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006370</pre>
6371
6372<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006373<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
6374 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
6375 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
6376 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006377
6378<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006379<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
6380 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
6381 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
6382 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
6383 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
6384 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
6385 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
6386 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006387
6388</div>
6389
6390<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6391<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00006392 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006393</div>
6394
6395<div class="doc_text">
6396
6397<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006398<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006399 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6400
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006401<pre>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006402 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006403 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006404 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006405 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6406 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006407</pre>
6408
6409<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006410<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
6411 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006412
6413<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006414<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6415 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006416
6417<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006418<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006419
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006420</div>
6421
6422<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6423<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006424 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006425</div>
6426
6427<div class="doc_text">
6428
6429<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006430<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
6431 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6432
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006433<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006434 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6435 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006436 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006437 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6438 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006439</pre>
6440
6441<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006442<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6443 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006444
6445<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006446<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6447 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006448
6449<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006450<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
6451 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6452 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006453
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006454</div>
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006455
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006456<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6457<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006458 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006459</div>
6460
6461<div class="doc_text">
6462
6463<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006464<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
6465 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6466
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006467<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006468 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6469 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006470 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006471 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6472 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006473</pre>
6474
6475<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006476<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6477 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006478
6479<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006480<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6481 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006482
6483<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006484<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
6485 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6486 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006487
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006488</div>
6489
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006490<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6491<div class="doc_subsection">
6492 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
6493</div>
6494
6495<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006496
6497<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006498
6499</div>
6500
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006501<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6502<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006503 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006504</div>
6505
6506<div class="doc_text">
6507
6508<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006509<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006510 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006511
6512<pre>
6513 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6514 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6515 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6516</pre>
6517
6518<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006519<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006520 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6521 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006522
6523<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006524<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006525 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6526 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6527 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6528 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006529
6530<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006531<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006532 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6533 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6534 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6535 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006536
6537<h5>Examples:</h5>
6538<pre>
6539 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6540 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6541 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6542 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6543</pre>
6544
6545</div>
6546
6547<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6548<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006549 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006550</div>
6551
6552<div class="doc_text">
6553
6554<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006555<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006556 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006557
6558<pre>
6559 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6560 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6561 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6562</pre>
6563
6564<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006565<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006566 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6567 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006568
6569<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006570<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006571 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6572 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6573 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6574 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006575
6576<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006577<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006578 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6579 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6580 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006581
6582<h5>Examples:</h5>
6583<pre>
6584 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6585 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6586 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6587 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6588</pre>
6589
6590</div>
6591
6592<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6593<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006594 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006595</div>
6596
6597<div class="doc_text">
6598
6599<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006600<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006601 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006602
6603<pre>
6604 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6605 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6606 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6607</pre>
6608
6609<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006610<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006611 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6612 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006613
6614<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006615<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006616 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6617 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6618 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6619 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006620
6621<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006622<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006623 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6624 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6625 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6626 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006627
6628<h5>Examples:</h5>
6629<pre>
6630 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6631 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6632 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6633 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6634</pre>
6635
6636</div>
6637
6638<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6639<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006640 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006641</div>
6642
6643<div class="doc_text">
6644
6645<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006646<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006647 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006648
6649<pre>
6650 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6651 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6652 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6653</pre>
6654
6655<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006656<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006657 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6658 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006659
6660<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006661<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006662 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6663 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6664 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6665 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006666
6667<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006668<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006669 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6670 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6671 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6672 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006673
6674<h5>Examples:</h5>
6675<pre>
6676 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6677 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6678 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6679 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6680</pre>
6681
6682</div>
6683
6684<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6685<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006686 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006687</div>
6688
6689<div class="doc_text">
6690
6691<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006692<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006693 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006694
6695<pre>
6696 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6697 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6698 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6699</pre>
6700
6701<h5>Overview:</h5>
6702
6703<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006704 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6705 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006706
6707<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006708<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006709 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6710 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6711 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6712 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006713
6714<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006715<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006716 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6717 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6718 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6719 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006720
6721<h5>Examples:</h5>
6722<pre>
6723 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6724 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6725 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6726 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6727</pre>
6728
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006729</div>
6730
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006731<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6732<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6733 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6734</div>
6735
6736<div class="doc_text">
6737
6738<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006739<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006740 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006741
6742<pre>
6743 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6744 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6745 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6746</pre>
6747
6748<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006749<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006750 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6751 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006752
6753<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006754<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006755 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6756 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6757 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6758 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006759
6760<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006761<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006762 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6763 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6764 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6765 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006766
6767<h5>Examples:</h5>
6768<pre>
6769 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6770 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6771 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6772 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6773</pre>
6774
6775</div>
6776
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006777<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6778<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006779 <a name="int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
6780</div>
6781
6782<div class="doc_text">
6783
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006784<p>Half precision floating point is a storage-only format. This means that it is
6785 a dense encoding (in memory) but does not support computation in the
6786 format.</p>
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006787
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006788<p>This means that code must first load the half-precision floating point
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006789 value as an i16, then convert it to float with <a
6790 href="#int_convert_from_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt></a>.
6791 Computation can then be performed on the float value (including extending to
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006792 double etc). To store the value back to memory, it is first converted to
6793 float if needed, then converted to i16 with
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006794 <a href="#int_convert_to_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt></a>, then
6795 storing as an i16 value.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006796</div>
6797
6798<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6799<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006800 <a name="int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006801</div>
6802
6803<div class="doc_text">
6804
6805<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6806<pre>
6807 declare i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
6808</pre>
6809
6810<h5>Overview:</h5>
6811<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6812 a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
6813 floating point format.</p>
6814
6815<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6816<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
6817 converted.</p>
6818
6819<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6820<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6821 a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006822 floating point format. The return value is an <tt>i16</tt> which
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006823 contains the converted number.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006824
6825<h5>Examples:</h5>
6826<pre>
6827 %res = call i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
6828 store i16 %res, i16* @x, align 2
6829</pre>
6830
6831</div>
6832
6833<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6834<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006835 <a name="int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006836</div>
6837
6838<div class="doc_text">
6839
6840<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6841<pre>
6842 declare f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
6843</pre>
6844
6845<h5>Overview:</h5>
6846<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6847 a conversion from half precision floating point format to single precision
6848 floating point format.</p>
6849
6850<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6851<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
6852 converted.</p>
6853
6854<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6855<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs a
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006856 conversion from half single precision floating point format to single
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006857 precision floating point format. The input half-float value is represented by
6858 an <tt>i16</tt> value.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006859
6860<h5>Examples:</h5>
6861<pre>
6862 %a = load i16* @x, align 2
6863 %res = call f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
6864</pre>
6865
6866</div>
6867
6868<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6869<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006870 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6871</div>
6872
6873<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006874
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006875<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6876 prefix), are described in
6877 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6878 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6879
6880</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006881
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006882<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6883<div class="doc_subsection">
6884 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6885</div>
6886
6887<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006888
6889<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6890 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6891 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6892 Handling</a> document.</p>
6893
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006894</div>
6895
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006896<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6897<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006898 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006899</div>
6900
6901<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006902
6903<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00006904 the <a href="#nest"><tt>nest</tt></a> attribute, from a function.
6905 The result is a callable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006906 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6907 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6908 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6909 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6910 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6911
6912<p>For example, if the function is
6913 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6914 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6915 follows:</p>
6916
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00006917<pre class="doc_code">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006918 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6919 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00006920 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval)
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006921 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006922</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006923
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00006924<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp(i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> is then equivalent
6925 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f(i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt>.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006926
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006927</div>
6928
6929<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6930<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6931 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6932</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006933
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006934<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006935
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006936<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6937<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006938 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006939</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006940
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006941<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006942<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6943 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6944
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006945<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006946<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6947 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6948 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6949 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6950 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6951 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6952 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6953 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6954
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006955<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006956<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6957 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6958 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6959 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6960 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6961 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6962 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6963 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6964 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6965 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6966 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6967 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6968
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006969</div>
6970
6971<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6972<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006973 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6974</div>
6975
6976<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006977
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006978<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6979 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6980 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6981 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6982 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6983 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6984 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6985 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6986 synchronization IR.</p>
6987
6988<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6989 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6990 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6991 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6992 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6993 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6994 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6995
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006996</div>
6997
6998<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6999<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7000 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7001</div>
7002<div class="doc_text">
7003<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7004<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007005 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier(i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007006</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007007
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007008<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007009<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
7010 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
7011
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007012<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007013<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
7014 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00007015 fifth argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007016 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007017
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007018<ul>
7019 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
7020 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
7021 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
7022 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
7023 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
7024</ul>
7025
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007026<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007027<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
7028 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
7029 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
7030 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
7031 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
7032 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
7033 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
7034 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007035
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007036<ul>
7037 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
7038 after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007039 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007040 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007041 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007042 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007043 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007044 load after the barrier begins.</li>
7045</ul>
7046
7047<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
7048 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
7049
7050<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
7051 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
7052 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
7053 noops.</p>
7054
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007055<h5>Example:</h5>
7056<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007057%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7058%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007059 store i32 4, %ptr
7060
7061%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007062 call void @llvm.memory.barrier(i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false)
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007063 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
7064 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
7065</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007066
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007067</div>
7068
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007069<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7070<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007071 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007072</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007073
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007074<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007075
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007076<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007077<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
7078 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
7079 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007080
7081<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007082 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;)
7083 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt;)
7084 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt;)
7085 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007086</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007087
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007088<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007089<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
7090 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
7091
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007092<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007093<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
7094 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
7095 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
7096 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
7097 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007098
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007099<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007100<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
7101 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
7102 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
7103 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
7104 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
7105 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007106
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007107<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007108<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007109%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7110%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007111 store i32 4, %ptr
7112
7113%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007114%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007115 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
7116%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
7117%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
7118
7119%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007120%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007121 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
7122%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
7123
7124%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
7125</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007126
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007127</div>
7128
7129<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7130<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7131 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7132</div>
7133<div class="doc_text">
7134<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7135
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007136<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
7137 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
7138
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007139<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007140 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;)
7141 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt;)
7142 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt;)
7143 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007144</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007145
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007146<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007147<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
7148 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
7149 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7150
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007151<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007152<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
7153 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
7154 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
7155 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
7156 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007157
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007158<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007159<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
7160 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
7161 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007162
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007163<h5>Examples:</h5>
7164<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007165%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7166%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007167 store i32 4, %ptr
7168
7169%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007170%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 %val1)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007171 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
7172%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
7173%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
7174
7175%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007176%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 %val2)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007177 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
7178
7179%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
7180%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
7181</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007182
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007183</div>
7184
7185<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7186<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007187 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007188
7189</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007190
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007191<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007192
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007193<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007194<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
7195 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
7196
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007197<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007198 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7199 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7200 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7201 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007202</pre>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007203
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007204<h5>Overview:</h5>
7205<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
7206 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7207
7208<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7209<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7210 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7211 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7212 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7213
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007214<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007215<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
7216 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
7217 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007218
7219<h5>Examples:</h5>
7220<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007221%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7222%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7223 store i32 4, %ptr
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007224%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 4)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007225 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007226%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 2)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007227 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007228%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 5)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007229 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007230%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007231</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007232
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007233</div>
7234
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007235<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7236<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7237 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7238
7239</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007240
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007241<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007242
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007243<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007244<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
7245 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
7246 support all bit widths however.</p>
7247
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007248<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007249 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7250 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7251 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7252 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007253</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007254
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007255<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007256<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007257 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7258
7259<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7260<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7261 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7262 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7263 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7264
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007265<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007266<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
7267 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
7268 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
7269 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007270
7271<h5>Examples:</h5>
7272<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007273%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7274%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7275 store i32 8, %ptr
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007276%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 4)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007277 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007278%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 2)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007279 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007280%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 5)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007281 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
7282%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
7283</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007284
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007285</div>
7286
7287<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7288<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7289 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7290 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7291 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7292 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007293</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007294
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007295<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007296
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007297<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007298<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
7299 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
7300 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
7301 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
7302 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007303
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007304<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007305 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7306 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7307 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7308 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007309</pre>
7310
7311<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007312 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7313 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7314 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7315 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007316</pre>
7317
7318<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007319 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7320 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7321 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7322 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007323</pre>
7324
7325<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007326 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7327 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7328 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7329 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007330</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007331
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007332<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007333<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
7334 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
7335 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007336
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007337<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7338<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7339 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7340 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7341 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7342
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007343<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007344<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
7345 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
7346 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
7347 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007348
7349<h5>Examples:</h5>
7350<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007351%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7352%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7353 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007354%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007355 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007356%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007357 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007358%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0F)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007359 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007360%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0F)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007361 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
7362%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
7363</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007364
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007365</div>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007366
7367<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7368<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7369 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7370 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7371 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7372 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007373</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007374
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007375<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007376
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007377<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007378<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
7379 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
7380 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
7381 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007382
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007383<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007384 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7385 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7386 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7387 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007388</pre>
7389
7390<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007391 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7392 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7393 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7394 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007395</pre>
7396
7397<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007398 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7399 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7400 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7401 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007402</pre>
7403
7404<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007405 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7406 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7407 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7408 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007409</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007410
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007411<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007412<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007413 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
7414 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007415
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007416<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7417<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7418 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7419 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7420 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7421
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007422<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007423<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
7424 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
7425 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
7426 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007427
7428<h5>Examples:</h5>
7429<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007430%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7431%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7432 store i32 7, %ptr
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007433%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 -2)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007434 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007435%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 8)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007436 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007437%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 10)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007438 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007439%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 30)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007440 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
7441%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
7442</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007443
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007444</div>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007445
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007446
7447<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7448<div class="doc_subsection">
7449 <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
7450</div>
7451
7452<div class="doc_text">
7453
7454<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
7455 objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
7456
7457</div>
7458
7459<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7460<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7461 <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7462</div>
7463
7464<div class="doc_text">
7465
7466<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7467<pre>
7468 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7469</pre>
7470
7471<h5>Overview:</h5>
7472<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
7473 object's lifetime.</p>
7474
7475<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007476<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7477 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7478 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007479
7480<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7481<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
7482 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
Nick Lewycky8d336592009-10-27 16:56:58 +00007483 never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
7484 precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007485 <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
7486
7487</div>
7488
7489<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7490<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7491 <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7492</div>
7493
7494<div class="doc_text">
7495
7496<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7497<pre>
7498 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7499</pre>
7500
7501<h5>Overview:</h5>
7502<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
7503 object's lifetime.</p>
7504
7505<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007506<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7507 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7508 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007509
7510<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7511<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
7512 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
7513 never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
7514 following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
7515
7516</div>
7517
7518<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7519<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7520 <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7521</div>
7522
7523<div class="doc_text">
7524
7525<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7526<pre>
Nick Lewycky29b6cb42010-11-30 04:13:41 +00007527 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007528</pre>
7529
7530<h5>Overview:</h5>
7531<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7532 a memory object will not change.</p>
7533
7534<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007535<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7536 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7537 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007538
7539<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7540<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
7541 the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
7542 unchanging.</p>
7543
7544</div>
7545
7546<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7547<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7548 <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7549</div>
7550
7551<div class="doc_text">
7552
7553<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7554<pre>
7555 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* &lt;start&gt;, i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7556</pre>
7557
7558<h5>Overview:</h5>
7559<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7560 a memory object are mutable.</p>
7561
7562<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7563<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007564 The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7565 object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
7566 to the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007567
7568<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7569<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
7570
7571</div>
7572
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007573<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7574<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007575 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
7576</div>
7577
7578<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007579
7580<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
7581 purpose.</p>
7582
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007583</div>
7584
7585<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7586<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7587 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7588</div>
7589
7590<div class="doc_text">
7591
7592<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7593<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007594 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007595</pre>
7596
7597<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007598<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007599
7600<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007601<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
7602 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
7603 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007604
7605<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007606<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
7607 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
7608 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
7609 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007610
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007611</div>
7612
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007613<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7614<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattnere1a8da02007-09-21 23:57:59 +00007615 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007616</div>
7617
7618<div class="doc_text">
7619
7620<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007621<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
7622 any integer bit width.</p>
7623
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007624<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007625 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
7626 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
7627 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
7628 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
7629 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007630</pre>
7631
7632<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007633<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007634
7635<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007636<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
7637 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
7638 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
7639 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007640
7641<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007642<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
7643 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
7644 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
7645 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007646
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007647</div>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00007648
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007649<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7650<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7651 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7652</div>
7653
7654<div class="doc_text">
7655
7656<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7657<pre>
7658 declare void @llvm.trap()
7659</pre>
7660
7661<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007662<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007663
7664<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007665<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007666
7667<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007668<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
7669 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
7670 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007671
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007672</div>
7673
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007674<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7675<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukmandccb0252008-11-22 23:55:29 +00007676 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007677</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007678
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007679<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007680
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007681<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7682<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007683 declare void @llvm.stackprotector(i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt;)
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007684</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007685
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007686<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007687<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
7688 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
7689 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
7690
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007691<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007692<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
7693 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
7694 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
7695 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
7696
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007697<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007698<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
7699 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
7700 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
7701 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00007702 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007703 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
7704 function.</p>
7705
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007706</div>
7707
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007708<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7709<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7710 <a name="int_objectsize">'<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7711</div>
7712
7713<div class="doc_text">
7714
7715<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7716<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007717 declare i32 @llvm.objectsize.i32(i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt;)
7718 declare i64 @llvm.objectsize.i64(i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt;)
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007719</pre>
7720
7721<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00007722<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is designed to provide information to
7723 the optimizers to determine at compile time whether a) an operation (like
7724 memcpy) will overflow a buffer that corresponds to an object, or b) that a
7725 runtime check for overflow isn't necessary. An object in this context means
7726 an allocation of a specific class, structure, array, or other object.</p>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007727
7728<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00007729<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. The first
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007730 argument is a pointer to or into the <tt>object</tt>. The second argument
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00007731 is a boolean 0 or 1. This argument determines whether you want the
7732 maximum (0) or minimum (1) bytes remaining. This needs to be a literal 0 or
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007733 1, variables are not allowed.</p>
7734
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007735<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7736<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is lowered to either a constant
Bill Wendling1b383ba2010-10-27 01:07:41 +00007737 representing the size of the object concerned, or <tt>i32/i64 -1 or 0</tt>,
7738 depending on the <tt>type</tt> argument, if the size cannot be determined at
7739 compile time.</p>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007740
7741</div>
7742
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007743<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007744<hr>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007745<address>
7746 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007747 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007748 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007749 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007750
7751 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencer05fe4b02006-03-14 05:39:39 +00007752 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007753 Last modified: $Date$
7754</address>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00007755
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00007756</body>
7757</html>